]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blame - gcc/target.def
Pass manager: add support for termination of pass list
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
CommitLineData
38f8b050 1/* Target hook definitions.
5624e564 2 Copyright (C) 2001-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38f8b050
JR
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
acce4e77
JM
22/* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24#include "target-hooks-macros.h"
38f8b050 25
acce4e77
JM
26#undef HOOK_TYPE
27#define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
38f8b050 28
acce4e77 29HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
38f8b050
JR
30
31/* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35/* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36DEFHOOKPOD
37(open_paren,
673c2f63
JM
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
38f8b050
JR
41 const char *, "(")
42DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44/* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45DEFHOOKPOD
46(byte_op,
673c2f63
JM
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
49@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
50@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
51@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
52@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
53@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
54@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
55These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
56of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
57byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
58aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
59@code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
60\n\
61The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
62followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
63the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
38f8b050
JR
64 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
65DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
66DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
67
ad0c4c36
DD
68/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
69 LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER. */
70DEFHOOK
71(label_align_after_barrier_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
72 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
73@code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}. This works only if\n\
74@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
9158a0d8 75 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
76 default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip)
77
78/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
79 LOOP_ALIGN. */
80DEFHOOK
81(loop_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
82 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\
83@var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\
84defined.",
9158a0d8 85 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
86 default_loop_align_max_skip)
87
88/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
89 LABEL_ALIGN. */
90DEFHOOK
91(label_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
92 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\
93to @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\
94is defined.",
9158a0d8 95 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
96 default_label_align_max_skip)
97
98/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
99 JUMP_ALIGN. */
100DEFHOOK
101(jump_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
102 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
103@code{JUMP_ALIGN}. This works only if\n\
104@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
9158a0d8 105 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
106 default_jump_align_max_skip)
107
38f8b050
JR
108/* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
109 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
110 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
111 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
112 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
113DEFHOOK
114(integer,
673c2f63
JM
115 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
116integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
117in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
118function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
119object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
120split the object into smaller parts.\n\
121\n\
122The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
123@code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
124when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
38f8b050
JR
125 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
126 NULL. */
127 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
128 default_assemble_integer)
129
dc2af904
BS
130/* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
131 decl. */
132DEFHOOK
133(decl_end,
134 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
135terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
136 void, (void),
137 hook_void_void)
138
38f8b050
JR
139/* Output code that will globalize a label. */
140DEFHOOK
141(globalize_label,
673c2f63
JM
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
144that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
145\n\
146The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
147@code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
38f8b050
JR
148 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
149 default_globalize_label)
150
151/* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
152DEFHOOK
153(globalize_decl_name,
673c2f63
JM
154 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
155@var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
156global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
157\n\
158The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
38f8b050
JR
159 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
160
0d4b5b86
BS
161/* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
162DEFHOOK
163(assemble_undefined_decl,
164 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
165@var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
166@var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
167assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
168 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
169 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
170
38f8b050
JR
171/* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
172 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
173 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
174 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
175 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
176DEFHOOK
177(emit_unwind_label,
673c2f63
JM
178 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
179should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
180should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
181function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
182The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
183exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
184true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
185\n\
186The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
38f8b050
JR
187 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
188 default_emit_unwind_label)
189
190/* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
191DEFHOOK
192(emit_except_table_label,
673c2f63
JM
193 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
194It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
195to be broken up according to function.\n\
196\n\
197The default is that no label is emitted.",
38f8b050
JR
198 void, (FILE *stream),
199 default_emit_except_table_label)
200
a68b5e52
RH
201/* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
202DEFHOOK
203(emit_except_personality,
204 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
205 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
206 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
207 void, (rtx personality),
208 NULL)
209
38f8b050
JR
210/* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
211DEFHOOK
212(unwind_emit,
673c2f63
JM
213 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
214given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
215returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
ac44248e 216 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
2784ed9c 217 NULL)
38f8b050 218
3bc6b3e6
RH
219DEFHOOKPOD
220(unwind_emit_before_insn,
221 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
222 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
223 be called afterward.",
224 bool, true)
225
4ee3b013
JR
226/* Generate an internal label.
227 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
228DEFHOOK_UNDOC
229(generate_internal_label,
230 "",
231 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
232 default_generate_internal_label)
233
38f8b050
JR
234/* Output an internal label. */
235DEFHOOK
236(internal_label,
673c2f63
JM
237 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
238name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
239\n\
240It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
241used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
242will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
243\n\
244It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
245object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
246should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
247beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
248convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
249\n\
250The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
38f8b050
JR
251 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
252 default_internal_label)
253
254/* Output label for the constant. */
ad78130c 255DEFHOOK
38f8b050 256(declare_constant_name,
673c2f63
JM
257 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
258for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
259target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
260@code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
261and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
262will be an internal label.\n\
263\n\
264The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
265usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
266\n\
267You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
ad78130c 268 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
38f8b050
JR
269 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
270
271/* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
272DEFHOOK
273(ttype,
673c2f63
JM
274 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
275the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
276if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
277reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
38f8b050
JR
278 bool, (rtx sym),
279 hook_bool_rtx_false)
280
281/* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
282 associated with the tree decl. */
283DEFHOOK
284(assemble_visibility,
673c2f63
JM
285 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
286commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
287hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
38f8b050
JR
288 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
289 default_assemble_visibility)
290
291/* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
292DEFHOOK
293(function_prologue,
673c2f63
JM
294 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
295function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
296initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
297saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
298local variables. @var{size} is an integer. @var{file} is a stdio\n\
299stream to which the assembler code should be output.\n\
300\n\
301The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
302macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
303\n\
304@findex regs_ever_live\n\
305To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
306@code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
307@var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
308prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
309call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
310@code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
311\n\
312On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
313not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
314they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
315appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
316registers are used in the function.\n\
317\n\
318@findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
319On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
320function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
321pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
322frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
323@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
324time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
325\n\
326The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
327required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
328listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
329order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
330stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
331the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
332for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
333compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
334or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
335need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
38f8b050
JR
336 void, (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
337 default_function_pro_epilogue)
338
339/* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
340DEFHOOK
341(function_end_prologue,
673c2f63
JM
342 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
343prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
344emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
345emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
38f8b050
JR
346 void, (FILE *file),
347 no_asm_to_stream)
348
349/* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
350DEFHOOK
351(function_begin_epilogue,
673c2f63
JM
352 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
353epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
354emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
355emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
38f8b050
JR
356 void, (FILE *file),
357 no_asm_to_stream)
358
359/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
360DEFHOOK
361(function_epilogue,
673c2f63
JM
362 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
363function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
364registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
365called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
366same arguments as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
367registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
368@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
369\n\
370On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
371of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
372instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
373@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
374\n\
375Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
376@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
377switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
378define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
379target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
380condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
381\n\
382On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
383function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
384two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
385is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
386@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
387a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
388\n\
389Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
390@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
391The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
392function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
393\n\
394On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
395others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
396given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
397number of arguments.\n\
398\n\
399@findex pops_args\n\
400@findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
401Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
402functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
403needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
404function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
405@code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
38f8b050
JR
406 void, (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
407 default_function_pro_epilogue)
408
409/* Initialize target-specific sections. */
410DEFHOOK
411(init_sections,
673c2f63
JM
412 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
413@file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
414of its own that you need to create.\n\
415\n\
416GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
417any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
418described below.",
38f8b050
JR
419 void, (void),
420 hook_void_void)
421
422/* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
423 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
424 which this section is associated. */
425DEFHOOK
426(named_section,
673c2f63
JM
427 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
428should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
429of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
430is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
431this section is associated.",
38f8b050
JR
432 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
433 default_no_named_section)
434
f16d3f39
JH
435/* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
436 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
437 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
438 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
439 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
440 (from static destructors).
441 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
442DEFHOOK
443(function_section,
673c2f63
JM
444 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
445Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
446functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
447at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
448@var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
449(from static destructors).\n\
450Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
f16d3f39
JH
451 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
452 default_function_section)
453
14d11d40
IS
454/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
455DEFHOOK
456(function_switched_text_sections,
457 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
458 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
459 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
460 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
461 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
462 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
463 default_function_switched_text_sections)
464
38f8b050
JR
465/* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
466 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
467 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
468 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
469DEFHOOK
470(reloc_rw_mask,
673c2f63
JM
471 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
472selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
473should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
474local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
475\n\
476The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
477is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
478when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
479in read-only sections even in executables.",
38f8b050
JR
480 int, (void),
481 default_reloc_rw_mask)
482
483 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
484 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
485 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
486 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
487DEFHOOK
488(select_section,
673c2f63
JM
489 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
490assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
491some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
492requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
493local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
494@var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
495\n\
496The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
497variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
498\n\
499See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
38f8b050
JR
500 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
501 default_select_section)
502
503/* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
504 alignment in bits. */
505DEFHOOK
506(select_rtx_section,
673c2f63
JM
507 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
508should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
509constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
510case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
511in bits.\n\
512\n\
513The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
514constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
515else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
ef4bddc2 516 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
38f8b050
JR
517 default_select_rtx_section)
518
519/* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
520 for SELECT_SECTION. */
521DEFHOOK
522(unique_section,
673c2f63
JM
523 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
524and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
525As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
526the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
527\n\
528The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
529ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
530example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
531Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
38f8b050
JR
532 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
533 default_unique_section)
534
535/* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
536DEFHOOK
537(function_rodata_section,
673c2f63
JM
538 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
539@samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
540The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
541the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
542if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
543otherwise.",
38f8b050
JR
544 section *, (tree decl),
545 default_function_rodata_section)
546
727a65e6
BS
547/* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
548 for mergeable data sections. */
549DEFHOOKPOD
550(mergeable_rodata_prefix,
551 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
552section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
553the string if a different section name should be used.",
554 const char *, ".rodata")
555
50b0b78a
IS
556/* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
557DEFHOOK
558(tm_clone_table_section,
559 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
560 tables.",
561 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
562
38f8b050
JR
563/* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
564DEFHOOK
565(constructor,
673c2f63
JM
566 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
567the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
568\n\
569Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
570no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
571priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
572otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
573\n\
574If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
575be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
576target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
577is not defined.",
38f8b050
JR
578 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
579
580/* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
581DEFHOOK
582(destructor,
673c2f63
JM
583 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
584functions rather than initialization functions.",
38f8b050
JR
585 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
586
587/* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
588 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
589 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
590 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
591 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
592DEFHOOK
593(output_mi_thunk,
673c2f63
JM
594 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
595function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
596inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
597adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
598the real function.\n\
599\n\
600First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
601contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
602contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
603in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
604e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
605all other incoming arguments.\n\
606\n\
607Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
608made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
609adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
610\n\
611@smallexample\n\
612p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
613@end smallexample\n\
614\n\
615After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
616@code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
617not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
618return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
619\n\
620The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
621the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
622of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
623and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
624\n\
625The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
626have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
627some targets, but probably not.\n\
628\n\
629If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
630front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
631@var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
632not support varargs.",
38f8b050
JR
633 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
634 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
635 NULL)
636
637/* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
638/* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
639 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
640 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
641 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
642 text to the output file. */
643DEFHOOK
644(can_output_mi_thunk,
673c2f63
JM
645 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
646to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
647arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
648generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
649previously exposed.",
38f8b050
JR
650 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
651 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
652 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
653
654/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
655 translation unit. */
656DEFHOOK
657(file_start,
673c2f63
JM
658 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
659find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
660by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
661quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
662@code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
663lets other target files rely on these variables.",
38f8b050
JR
664 void, (void),
665 default_file_start)
666
667/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
668DEFHOOK
669(file_end,
673c2f63
JM
670 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
671to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
672 void, (void),
673 hook_void_void)
674
675/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
676 LTO output stream. */
677DEFHOOK
678(lto_start,
673c2f63
JM
679 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
680to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
681nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
682 void, (void),
683 hook_void_void)
684
685/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
686 LTO output stream. */
687DEFHOOK
688(lto_end,
673c2f63
JM
689 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
690to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
691nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
692 void, (void),
693 hook_void_void)
694
695/* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
696 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
697DEFHOOK
698(code_end,
673c2f63
JM
699 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
700unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
701here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
702because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
703nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
704 void, (void),
705 hook_void_void)
706
707/* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
708 external. */
709DEFHOOK
710(external_libcall,
673c2f63
JM
711 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
712pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
713library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
38f8b050
JR
714 void, (rtx symref),
715 default_external_libcall)
716
717/* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
718 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
719DEFHOOK
720(mark_decl_preserved,
673c2f63
JM
721 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
722directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
723.no_dead_code_strip directive.",
38f8b050
JR
724 void, (const char *symbol),
725 hook_void_constcharptr)
726
727/* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
728DEFHOOK
729(record_gcc_switches,
673c2f63
JM
730 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
731switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
732enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
733It can take the following values:\n\
734\n\
735@table @gcctabopt\n\
736@item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
737@var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
738\n\
739@item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
740@var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
741direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
742default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
743command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
744various different individual optimization passes.\n\
745\n\
746@item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
747@var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
748ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
749target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
750time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
751warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
752wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
753necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
754perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
755switches.\n\
756\n\
757@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
758This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
759\n\
760@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
761This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
762@end table\n\
763\n\
764The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
765supported in the future.\n\
766\n\
767By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
768provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
769it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
770section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
771provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
772hook.",
38f8b050
JR
773 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
774 NULL)
775
776/* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
777 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
778 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
779 this information. */
780DEFHOOKPOD
781(record_gcc_switches_section,
673c2f63
JM
782 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
783ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
784hook.",
38f8b050
JR
785 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
786
787/* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
788DEFHOOK
789(output_anchor,
673c2f63
JM
790 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
791@code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
792The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
793of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
794\n\
795If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
796it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
797If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
798is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
38f8b050
JR
799 void, (rtx x),
800 default_asm_output_anchor)
801
a8781821
SB
802DEFHOOK
803(output_ident,
804 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
805 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
806 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
807 directive.",
808 void, (const char *name),
809 hook_void_constcharptr)
810
38f8b050
JR
811/* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
812DEFHOOK
813(output_dwarf_dtprel,
673c2f63
JM
814 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
815reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
38f8b050
JR
816 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
817 NULL)
818
819/* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
820DEFHOOK
821(final_postscan_insn,
673c2f63
JM
822 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
823output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
824if necessary.\n\
825\n\
826Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
827extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
828elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
829The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
830template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
831by checking the contents of the vector.",
ac44248e 832 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
38f8b050
JR
833 NULL)
834
835/* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
836DEFHOOK
837(trampoline_template,
673c2f63
JM
838 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
839on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
840the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
841label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
842\n\
843If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
844for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
845code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
846to generate it on the spot.",
38f8b050
JR
847 void, (FILE *f),
848 NULL)
849
b5f5d41d
AS
850DEFHOOK
851(output_source_filename,
852 "Output COFF information or DWARF debugging information which indicates\
853 that filename @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio\
854 stream @var{file}.\n\
855 \n\
856 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
857 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
858 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
859 default_asm_output_source_filename)
860
6cbd8875
AS
861DEFHOOK
862(output_addr_const_extra,
673c2f63
JM
863 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
864can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
865the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
866@code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
867\n\
868If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
869so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
870itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
871return @code{true}.",
6cbd8875 872 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
e1267133 873 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
6cbd8875 874
38f8b050
JR
875/* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
876 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
877 initializers. */
878#undef HOOK_PREFIX
879#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
880
881/* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
4d00d5dd
JR
882/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
883 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
38f8b050
JR
884DEFHOOK_UNDOC
885(print_operand,
886 "",
887 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
888 default_print_operand)
889
890/* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
4d00d5dd
JR
891/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
892 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
38f8b050
JR
893DEFHOOK_UNDOC
894(print_operand_address,
895 "",
896 void, (FILE *file, rtx addr),
897 default_print_operand_address)
898
899/* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
900 `print_operand' hook. */
4d00d5dd
JR
901/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
902 not this hook. */
38f8b050
JR
903DEFHOOK_UNDOC
904(print_operand_punct_valid_p,
905 "",
906 bool ,(unsigned char code),
907 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
908
77754180
DK
909/* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
910 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
911DEFHOOK
912(mangle_assembler_name,
913 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
914 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
915 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
916 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
917 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
918 tree, (const char *name),
919 default_mangle_assembler_name)
920
38f8b050
JR
921HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
922
923/* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
924 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
925#undef HOOK_PREFIX
926#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
927HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
928
929/* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
930 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
931 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
932DEFHOOK
933(adjust_cost,
673c2f63
JM
934 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
935relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through the\n\
936dependence @var{link}. It should return the new value. The default\n\
937is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be used for example\n\
938to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline description\n\
939that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost as a\n\
940data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
941description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
942output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
943times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
944acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
945@pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
ac44248e 946 int, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx link, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
947
948/* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
949DEFHOOK
950(adjust_priority,
673c2f63
JM
951 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
952@var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
953execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
954later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
955scheduling priorities of insns.",
ac44248e 956 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
957
958/* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
959 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
960 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
961DEFHOOK
962(issue_rate,
673c2f63
JM
963 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
964issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
965Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
966an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
967constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
968hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
969This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
970it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
971@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
38f8b050
JR
972 int, (void), NULL)
973
974/* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
975 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
976DEFHOOK
977(variable_issue,
673c2f63
JM
978 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
979from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
980still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
981@samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
982@code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
983You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
984than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
985@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
986debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
987@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
988was scheduled.",
ac44248e 989 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
990
991/* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
992DEFHOOK
993(init,
673c2f63
JM
994 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
995instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
996pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
997is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
998@var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
999region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1000scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
38f8b050
JR
1001 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1002
1003/* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1004DEFHOOK
1005(finish,
673c2f63
JM
1006 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1007instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1008cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1009is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1010to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1011@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
38f8b050
JR
1012 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1013
1014 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1015DEFHOOK
1016(init_global,
673c2f63
JM
1017 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1018@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1019@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1020@var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
38f8b050
JR
1021 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1022
1023/* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1024DEFHOOK
1025(finish_global,
673c2f63
JM
1026 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1027@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1028@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
38f8b050
JR
1029 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1030
1031/* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1032 places. Default does nothing. */
1033DEFHOOK
1034(reorder,
673c2f63
JM
1035 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1036list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1037combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1038@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1039debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1040@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1041list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1042a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1043reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1044@var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1045is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1046the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1047can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1048@samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
ce1ce33a 1049 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1050
1051DEFHOOK
1052(reorder2,
673c2f63
JM
1053 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1054function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1055is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1056@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1057return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1058this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1059scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1060cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
ce1ce33a 1061 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
38f8b050 1062
0dc41f28
WM
1063DEFHOOK
1064(macro_fusion_p,
1065 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1066 bool, (void), NULL)
1067
1068DEFHOOK
1069(macro_fusion_pair_p,
892d9879
KT
1070 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1071a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1072(@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1073group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1074two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1075validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1076 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
0dc41f28 1077
38f8b050
JR
1078/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1079 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1080 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1081DEFHOOK
1082(dependencies_evaluation_hook,
673c2f63
JM
1083 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1084chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1085correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1086example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1087analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1088dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1089calculated.",
ce1ce33a 1090 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1091
1092/* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1093 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1094 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1095 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1096 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1097 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1098 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1099 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1100 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1101
1102DEFHOOK
1103(init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
673c2f63 1104 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
38f8b050
JR
1105 void, (void), NULL)
1106
1107DEFHOOK
1108(dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1109 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1110pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1111when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1112simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1113processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1114based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1115when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
38f8b050
JR
1116 rtx, (void), NULL)
1117
1118DEFHOOK
1119(init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1120 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1121used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
38f8b050
JR
1122 void, (void), NULL)
1123
1124DEFHOOK
1125(dfa_post_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1126 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1127to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1128simulated processor cycle finishes.",
ac44248e 1129 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1130
1131/* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1132 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1133 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1134 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1135
1136DEFHOOK
1137(dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1138 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1139The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1140to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1141state on a single insn is not enough.",
38f8b050
JR
1142 void, (void), NULL)
1143
1144DEFHOOK
1145(dfa_post_advance_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1146 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1147The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1148to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1149state on a single insn is not enough.",
38f8b050
JR
1150 void, (void), NULL)
1151
1152/* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1153 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1154 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1155 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1156 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1157 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1158 insns on the same cycle. */
1159DEFHOOK
1160(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
673c2f63
JM
1161 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1162for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1163chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1164value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1165@samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1166subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1167maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1168@acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1169packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1170rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1171\n\
1172This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1173processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1174with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1175@var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1176@var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1177processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1178@var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1179until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1180the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1181\n\
1182Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1183pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1184schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1185\n\
1186The default is no multipass scheduling.",
38f8b050
JR
1187 int, (void), NULL)
1188
1189/* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1190 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1191 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1192 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1193DEFHOOK
1194(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
673c2f63
JM
1195 "\n\
1196This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1197considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
4960a0cb
MK
1198zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1199Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1200the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1201Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1202number of cycles.\n\
1203Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1204instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1205to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
673c2f63
JM
1206\n\
1207The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
ac44248e 1208 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
38f8b050 1209
894fd6f2
MK
1210/* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1211 scheduling.
1212 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1213 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1214 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1215 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1216 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1217 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1218 scheduling on current cycle. */
1219DEFHOOK
1220(first_cycle_multipass_begin,
673c2f63
JM
1221 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1222scheduling.",
4960a0cb 1223 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
894fd6f2
MK
1224 NULL)
1225
1226/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1227 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1228 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1229 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1230 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
073a8998 1231 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
894fd6f2
MK
1232 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1233 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1234 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
073a8998 1235 to a state before issuing INSN. */
894fd6f2
MK
1236DEFHOOK
1237(first_cycle_multipass_issue,
673c2f63 1238 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
ac44248e 1239 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
894fd6f2
MK
1240 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1241
1242/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1243 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1244 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1245 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1246 described in DFA.
1247 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1248 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
073a8998 1249 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
894fd6f2
MK
1250 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1251DEFHOOK
1252(first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
673c2f63
JM
1253 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1254an instruction.",
4960a0cb 1255 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
894fd6f2
MK
1256
1257/* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1258 round of multipass scheduling.
1259 DATA is a pointer.
1260 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1261 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1262 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1263 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1264 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1265DEFHOOK
1266(first_cycle_multipass_end,
673c2f63
JM
1267 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1268round of multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1269 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1270
1271/* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1272 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1273 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1274 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1275 described in DFA. */
1276DEFHOOK
1277(first_cycle_multipass_init,
673c2f63 1278 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1279 void, (void *data), NULL)
1280
1281/* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1282 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1283 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1284 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1285 described in DFA. */
1286DEFHOOK
1287(first_cycle_multipass_fini,
673c2f63 1288 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1289 void, (void *data), NULL)
1290
38f8b050
JR
1291/* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1292 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1293 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1294 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1295 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1296 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1297 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1298 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1299 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1300 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1301 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
c06bbdf7 1302DEFHOOK
38f8b050 1303(dfa_new_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1304 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1305on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1306@var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1307the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1308is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1309start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1310verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1311@var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1312processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1313and the current processor cycle.",
ac44248e 1314 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
c06bbdf7 1315 int clock, int *sort_p),
38f8b050
JR
1316 NULL)
1317
1318/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1319 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1320 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1321 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1322 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1323 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1324 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1325 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1326 second insn (second parameter). */
1327DEFHOOK
1328(is_costly_dependence,
673c2f63
JM
1329 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1330the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1331are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1332to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1333being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1334dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1335parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1336The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1337insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1338and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1339\n\
1340Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1341where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1342delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1343that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1344important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1345closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1346not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
38f8b050
JR
1347 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1348
1349DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1350(adjust_cost_2,
1351 "Given the current cost, @var{cost}, of an insn, @var{insn}, calculate and\
1352 return a new cost based on its relationship to @var{dep_insn} through the\
1353 dependence of weakness @var{dw}. The default is to make no adjustment.",
ac44248e
DM
1354 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
1355 unsigned int dw),
1356 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1357
1358/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1359 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1360 that new instructions were emitted. */
1361DEFHOOK
1362(h_i_d_extended,
673c2f63
JM
1363 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1364the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1365per instruction data structures.",
38f8b050
JR
1366 void, (void), NULL)
1367
1368/* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1369
1370/* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1371DEFHOOK
1372(alloc_sched_context,
673c2f63 1373 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
38f8b050
JR
1374 void *, (void), NULL)
1375
1376/* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1377DEFHOOK
1378(init_sched_context,
673c2f63
JM
1379 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1380It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1381beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1382 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1383
1384/* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1385DEFHOOK
1386(set_sched_context,
673c2f63 1387 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
38f8b050
JR
1388 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1389
1390/* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1391DEFHOOK
1392(clear_sched_context,
673c2f63 1393 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1394 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1395
1396/* Frees the scheduler context. */
1397DEFHOOK
1398(free_sched_context,
673c2f63 1399 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1400 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1401
1402/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1403 by the insn scheduler.
1404 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1405 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1406 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1407 It should return
1408 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1409 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1410 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1411 generated one. */
1412DEFHOOK
1413(speculate_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1414 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1415speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1416The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1417version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1418pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1419or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1420speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1421the generated speculative pattern.",
ac44248e 1422 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1423
1424/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1425 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1426 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1427DEFHOOK
1428(needs_block_p,
673c2f63
JM
1429 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1430for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1431instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
8e90de43 1432 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1433
1434/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1435 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1436 instruction.
1437 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1438 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
8e90de43
SB
1439 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1440 is being performed. */
38f8b050
JR
1441DEFHOOK
1442(gen_spec_check,
673c2f63
JM
1443 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1444check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1445speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1446@var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1447be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1448recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1449a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1450@var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
ac44248e 1451 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
38f8b050 1452
38f8b050
JR
1453/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1454 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1455 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1456DEFHOOK
1457(set_sched_flags,
673c2f63
JM
1458 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1459enabled/used.\n\
1460The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1461The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
38f8b050
JR
1462 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1463
1464DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1465(get_insn_spec_ds,
1466 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
ac44248e 1467 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1468
1469DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1470(get_insn_checked_ds,
1471 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
ac44248e 1472 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1473
1474DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1475(skip_rtx_p,
1476 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1477 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1478 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1479
1480/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1481 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1482 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1483 to ddg variable. */
1484DEFHOOK
1485(sms_res_mii,
673c2f63
JM
1486 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1487resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1488the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1489backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1490bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1491of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
38f8b050
JR
1492 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1493
7942e47e
RY
1494/* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1495 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1496 parameters. */
1497DEFHOOK
1498(dispatch_do,
673c2f63
JM
1499"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1500in its second parameter.",
ac44248e
DM
1501void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1502hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
7942e47e
RY
1503
1504/* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1505 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1506 as the second parameter is true. */
1507DEFHOOK
1508(dispatch,
673c2f63
JM
1509"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1510is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
ac44248e
DM
1511bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1512hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
7942e47e 1513
b0bd15f7
BS
1514DEFHOOKPOD
1515(exposed_pipeline,
1516"True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1517the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1518also the latencies of operations.",
1519bool, false)
1520
df7b0cc4
EI
1521/* The following member value is a function that returns number
1522 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1523 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1524DEFHOOK
1525(reassociation_width,
1526"This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1527parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
ef4bddc2 1528int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
df7b0cc4
EI
1529hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1530
b16abbcb
BC
1531/* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1532 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1533DEFHOOK
1534(fusion_priority,
1535"This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1536priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1537are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1538\n\
1539@var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1540@var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1541@var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1542fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1543@var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1544should be calculated and returned.\n\
1545\n\
1546Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1547be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1548instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1549sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1550scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1551should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1552false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1553scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1554instructions.\n\
1555\n\
1556Given below example:\n\
1557\n\
51be4977 1558@smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1559 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1560 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1561 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1562 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1563 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1564 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1565 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1566 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
51be4977 1567@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1568\n\
1569On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1570merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1571loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1572this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1573instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1574\n\
51be4977
BC
1575@smallexample\n\
1576 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1577 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1578 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1579 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1580 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1581 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1582 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1583 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1584@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1585\n\
1586Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1587to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1588pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1589\n\
51be4977 1590@smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1591 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1592 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1593 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1594 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1595 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1596 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1597 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1598 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
51be4977 1599@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1600\n\
1601Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1602\n\
1603Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1604work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1605\n\
1606This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1607the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1608void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1609
38f8b050
JR
1610HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1611
0136f8f0
AH
1612/* Functions relating to OpenMP and Cilk Plus SIMD clones. */
1613#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1614#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1615HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1616
1617DEFHOOK
1618(compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1619"This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1620fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1621@var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1622The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1623or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1624int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1625
1626DEFHOOK
1627(adjust,
1628"This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1629to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1630void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1631
1632DEFHOOK
1633(usable,
1634"This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1635in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1636usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1637to use it.",
1638int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1639
1640HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1641
94829f87
NS
1642/* Functions relating to openacc. */
1643#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1644#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1645HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1646
1647DEFHOOK
1648(validate_dims,
1649"This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1650compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1651and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1652function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
1653outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. It\n\
1654should fill in anything that needs to default to non-unity and verify\n\
1655non-defaults. Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1656true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1657provide dimensions larger than 1.",
6e91acf8 1658bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level),
94829f87
NS
1659default_goacc_validate_dims)
1660
6e91acf8
NS
1661DEFHOOK
1662(fork_join,
9bd46bc9
NS
1663"This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1664function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1665should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1666It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1667return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1668gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1669The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
6e91acf8
NS
1670bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1671default_goacc_fork_join)
1672
94829f87
NS
1673HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1674
38f8b050
JR
1675/* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1676#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1677#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1678HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1679
1680/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1681 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1682 function. */
1683DEFHOOK
1684(builtin_mask_for_load,
673c2f63
JM
1685 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1686address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1687used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1688@var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1689\n\
1690The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1691@var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1692the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1693@code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1694two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1695@var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1696the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1697from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1698@var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1699@var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1700@var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1701\n\
1702If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1703to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1704use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1705@code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1706should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1707described above.\n\
1708If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1709the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1710log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
38f8b050
JR
1711 tree, (void), NULL)
1712
1713/* Returns a code for builtin that realizes vectorized version of
1714 function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1715DEFHOOK
1716(builtin_vectorized_function,
673c2f63
JM
1717 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1718vectorized variant of the builtin function with builtin function code\n\
1719@var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1720The value of @var{fndecl} is the builtin function declaration. The\n\
1721return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1722@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
38f8b050
JR
1723 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1724 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1725
1726/* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1727 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1728DEFHOOK
1729(builtin_conversion,
673c2f63
JM
1730 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1731input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1732The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1733specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1734(truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1735\n\
1736If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1737@code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1738conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
38f8b050
JR
1739 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1740 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1741
720f5239
IR
1742/* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1743 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1744 on the data type and misalignment value. */
38f8b050
JR
1745DEFHOOK
1746(builtin_vectorization_cost,
673c2f63
JM
1747 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1748For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1749misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
720f5239 1750 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
38f8b050
JR
1751 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1752
1753/* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1754 iterations) for the given type. */
1755DEFHOOK
1756(vector_alignment_reachable,
673c2f63 1757 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given type.",
38f8b050
JR
1758 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1759 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1760
22e4dee7
RH
1761/* Return true if a vector created for vec_perm_const is valid.
1762 A NULL indicates that all constants are valid permutations. */
38f8b050 1763DEFHOOK
5a3c0068 1764(vec_perm_const_ok,
673c2f63 1765 "Return true if a vector created for @code{vec_perm_const} is valid.",
ef4bddc2 1766 bool, (machine_mode, const unsigned char *sel),
22e4dee7 1767 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1768
1769/* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1770 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1771 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1772DEFHOOK
1773(support_vector_misalignment,
673c2f63
JM
1774 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1775store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1776parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1777the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1778parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
38f8b050 1779 bool,
ef4bddc2 1780 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
38f8b050
JR
1781 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1782
0a35513e
AH
1783/* Return the builtin decl needed to load a vector of TYPE. */
1784DEFHOOK
1785(builtin_tm_load,
1786 "This hook should return the built-in decl needed to load a vector of the "
1787 "given type within a transaction.",
1788 tree,
1789 (tree),
1790 default_builtin_tm_load_store)
1791
1792/* Return the builtin decl needed to store a vector of TYPE. */
1793DEFHOOK
1794(builtin_tm_store,
1795 "This hook should return the built-in decl needed to store a vector of the "
1796 "given type within a transaction.",
1797 tree,
1798 (tree),
1799 default_builtin_tm_load_store)
1800
cc4b5170
RG
1801/* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1802 scalar mode. */
26983c22 1803DEFHOOK
cc4b5170 1804(preferred_simd_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1805 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1806mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1807equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1808transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
ef4bddc2
RS
1809 machine_mode,
1810 (machine_mode mode),
cc4b5170 1811 default_preferred_simd_mode)
26983c22 1812
767f865f
RG
1813/* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1814 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1815DEFHOOK
1816(autovectorize_vector_sizes,
673c2f63
JM
1817 "This hook should return a mask of sizes that should be iterated over\n\
1818after trying to autovectorize using the vector size derived from the\n\
1819mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1820The default is zero which means to not iterate over other vector sizes.",
767f865f
RG
1821 unsigned int,
1822 (void),
1823 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1824
9f47c7e5
IE
1825/* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1826DEFHOOK
1827(get_mask_mode,
1828 "This hook returns mode to be used for a mask to be used for a vector\n\
1829of specified @var{length} with @var{nunits} elements. By default an integer\n\
1830vector mode of a proper size is returned.",
1831 machine_mode,
1832 (unsigned nunits, unsigned length),
1833 default_get_mask_mode)
1834
aec7ae7d
JJ
1835/* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1836DEFHOOK
1837(builtin_gather,
673c2f63
JM
1838 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1839is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1840the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1841The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1842loads.",
aec7ae7d
JJ
1843 tree,
1844 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1845 NULL)
1846
3bab6342
AT
1847/* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1848DEFHOOK
1849(builtin_scatter,
1850"Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1851is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1852the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1853The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1854stores.",
1855 tree,
1856 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1857 NULL)
1858
c3e7ee41
BS
1859/* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1860DEFHOOK
1861(init_cost,
1862 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1863 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
92345349
BS
1864 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1865 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1866 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1867 "is being vectorized.",
c3e7ee41
BS
1868 void *,
1869 (struct loop *loop_info),
1870 default_init_cost)
1871
1872/* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
92345349
BS
1873 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1874 block. */
c3e7ee41
BS
1875DEFHOOK
1876(add_stmt_cost,
1877 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
92345349
BS
1878 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
1879 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
1880 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
1881 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
1882 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
1883 "revised.",
c3e7ee41
BS
1884 unsigned,
1885 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
92345349
BS
1886 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
1887 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
c3e7ee41
BS
1888 default_add_stmt_cost)
1889
1890/* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
1891 loop or block. */
1892DEFHOOK
1893(finish_cost,
1894 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
92345349
BS
1895 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
1896 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
1897 "the three accumulators.",
1898 void,
1899 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
1900 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
c3e7ee41
BS
1901 default_finish_cost)
1902
1903/* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
1904DEFHOOK
1905(destroy_cost_data,
1906 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
1907 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
1908 "accumulator.",
1909 void,
1910 (void *data),
1911 default_destroy_cost_data)
1912
38f8b050
JR
1913HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
1914
1915#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1916#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
1917
ec6fe917
IV
1918DEFHOOK
1919(record_offload_symbol,
1920 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
1921sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
1922recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
1923 void, (tree),
1924 hook_void_tree)
1925
6d2b7199
BS
1926DEFHOOKPOD
1927(absolute_biggest_alignment,
1928 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
1929that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
1930@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
1931 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
1932
38f8b050
JR
1933/* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
1934 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
1935 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
1936DEFHOOK
1937(override_options_after_change,
673c2f63
JM
1938 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
1939but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
1940pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
1941attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
1942when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
1943actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
1944@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
38f8b050
JR
1945 void, (void),
1946 hook_void_void)
1947
c713ddc0
BS
1948DEFHOOK
1949(offload_options,
1950 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
1951translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
1952into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
1953to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
1954separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
1955char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
1956
38f8b050
JR
1957DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1958(eh_return_filter_mode,
1959 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
ef4bddc2 1960 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
1961 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
1962
1963/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
1964DEFHOOK
1965(libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1966 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
1967of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
1968@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
1969targets.",
ef4bddc2 1970 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
1971 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
1972
1973/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
1974DEFHOOK
1975(libgcc_shift_count_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1976 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
1977of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
1978@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
1979targets.",
ef4bddc2 1980 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
1981 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
1982
1983/* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
1984DEFHOOK
1985(unwind_word_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1986 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
1987The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
ef4bddc2 1988 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
1989 default_unwind_word_mode)
1990
1991/* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
1992DEFHOOK
1993(merge_decl_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
1994 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
1995handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
1996@code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
1997@var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
1998when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
1999attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2000call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2001\n\
2002@findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2003If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2004for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2005@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2006will then define a function called\n\
2007@code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2008the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2009add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2010to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2011@samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2012@file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
38f8b050
JR
2013 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2014 merge_decl_attributes)
2015
2016/* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2017DEFHOOK
2018(merge_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2019 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2020handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2021@code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2022that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2023function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2024merging.",
38f8b050
JR
2025 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2026 merge_type_attributes)
2027
2028/* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2029 Ignored if NULL. */
2030DEFHOOKPOD
2031(attribute_table,
673c2f63 2032 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
15ab4e1e 2033attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
673c2f63
JM
2034specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2035entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2036take.",
38f8b050
JR
2037 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2038
2039/* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2040 argument. */
2041DEFHOOK
2042(attribute_takes_identifier_p,
673c2f63
JM
2043 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2044machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2045given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2046subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2047false for all machine-specific attributes.",
38f8b050
JR
2048 bool, (const_tree name),
2049 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2050
2051/* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2052 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2053 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2054DEFHOOK
2055(comp_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2056 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2057@var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2058and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2059generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2060supposed always to be compatible.",
38f8b050
JR
2061 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2062 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2063
2064/* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2065DEFHOOK
2066(set_default_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2067 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2068the newly defined @var{type}.",
38f8b050
JR
2069 void, (tree type),
2070 hook_void_tree)
2071
2072/* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2073DEFHOOK
2074(insert_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2075 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2076when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2077wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2078the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2079created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2080for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2081shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2082the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2083attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2084needed.",
38f8b050
JR
2085 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2086 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2087
2088/* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2089 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2090DEFHOOK
2091(function_attribute_inlinable_p,
673c2f63 2092 "@cindex inlining\n\
5bd40ade 2093This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
673c2f63
JM
2094into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2095attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2096target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
38f8b050
JR
2097 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2098 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2099
2100/* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2101 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2102DEFHOOK
2103(ms_bitfield_layout_p,
673c2f63
JM
2104 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2105@var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2106Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2107unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2108different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2109alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2110bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2111the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2112(iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2113another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2114other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2115\n\
2116When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2117of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2118bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2119and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2120chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2121size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2122alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2123\n\
2124If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2125the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2126used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2127precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2128may affect its placement.",
38f8b050
JR
2129 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2130 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2131
2e681adf
JR
2132/* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2133 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2134 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2135DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2136(words_big_endian,
2137 "",
2138 bool, (void),
2139 targhook_words_big_endian)
2140
2141/* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2142DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2143(float_words_big_endian,
2144 "",
2145 bool, (void),
2146 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2147
9193fb05
JM
2148DEFHOOK
2149(float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2150 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2151 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2152 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2153 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2154 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2155 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2156 does not.",
2157 bool, (void),
2158 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2159
38f8b050
JR
2160/* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2161DEFHOOK
2162(decimal_float_supported_p,
673c2f63 2163 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
38f8b050
JR
2164 bool, (void),
2165 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2166
2167/* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2168DEFHOOK
2169(fixed_point_supported_p,
673c2f63 2170 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
38f8b050
JR
2171 bool, (void),
2172 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2173
2174/* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2175DEFHOOK
2176(align_anon_bitfield,
673c2f63
JM
2177 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2178whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2179structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2180the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
38f8b050
JR
2181 bool, (void),
2182 hook_bool_void_false)
2183
2184/* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2185 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2186DEFHOOK
2187(narrow_volatile_bitfield,
673c2f63
JM
2188 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2189should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2190these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2191\n\
7d0b9a9c 2192The default is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
2193 bool, (void),
2194 hook_bool_void_false)
2195
2196/* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2197DEFHOOK
2198(init_builtins,
673c2f63
JM
2199 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2200that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2201necessary setup.\n\
2202\n\
2203Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2204instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2205they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2206instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2207\n\
2208To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2209@code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2210which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2211up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2212only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2213@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
38f8b050
JR
2214 void, (void),
2215 hook_void_void)
2216
2217/* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2218 built-in function decl for CODE.
2219 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2220 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2221DEFHOOK
2222(builtin_decl,
673c2f63
JM
2223 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2224that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2225builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2226If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2227if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2228If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2229@code{error_mark_node}.",
38f8b050
JR
2230 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2231
2232/* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2233DEFHOOK
2234(expand_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2235 "\n\
2236Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2237@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2238function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2239convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2240@var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2241@var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2242ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2243built-in function.",
38f8b050 2244 rtx,
ef4bddc2 2245 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
38f8b050
JR
2246 default_expand_builtin)
2247
d5e254e1
IE
2248DEFHOOK
2249(builtin_chkp_function,
2250 "This hook allows target to redefine built-in functions used by\n\
2251Pointer Bounds Checker for code instrumentation. Hook should return\n\
2252fndecl of function implementing generic builtin whose code is\n\
2253passed in @var{fcode}. Currently following built-in functions are\n\
2254obtained using this hook:\n\
2255@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndmk (const void *@var{lb}, size_t @var{size})\n\
2256Function code - BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDMK. This built-in function is used\n\
2257by Pointer Bounds Checker to create bound values. @var{lb} holds low\n\
2258bound of the resulting bounds. @var{size} holds size of created bounds.\n\
2259@end deftypefn\n\
2260\n\
2261@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndstx (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, const void **@var{loc})\n\
2262Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDSTX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2263by Pointer Bounds Checker to store bounds @var{b} for pointer @var{ptr}\n\
2264when @var{ptr} is stored by address @var{loc}.\n\
2265@end deftypefn\n\
2266\n\
2267@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndldx (const void **@var{loc}, const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2268Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDLDX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2269by Pointer Bounds Checker to get bounds of pointer @var{ptr} loaded by\n\
2270address @var{loc}.\n\
2271@end deftypefn\n\
2272\n\
2273@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcl (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2274Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCL}. This built-in function is used\n\
2275by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2276lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2277@end deftypefn\n\
2278\n\
2279@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcu (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2280Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCU}. This built-in function is used\n\
2281by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2282upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2283@end deftypefn\n\
2284\n\
2285@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndret (void *@var{ptr})\n\
2286Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDRET}. This built-in function is used\n\
2287by Pointer Bounds Checker to obtain bounds returned by a call statement.\n\
2288@var{ptr} passed to built-in is @code{SSA_NAME} returned by the call.\n\
2289@end deftypefn\n\
2290\n\
2291@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_intersect (__bounds_type @var{b1}, __bounds_type @var{b2})\n\
2292Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_INTERSECT}. This built-in function\n\
2293returns intersection of bounds @var{b1} and @var{b2}.\n\
2294@end deftypefn\n\
2295\n\
2296@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_narrow (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, size_t @var{s})\n\
2297Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_NARROW}. This built-in function\n\
2298returns intersection of bounds @var{b} and\n\
2299[@var{ptr}, @var{ptr} + @var{s} - @code{1}].\n\
2300@end deftypefn\n\
2301\n\
2302@deftypefn {Built-in Function} size_t __chkp_sizeof (const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2303Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_SIZEOF}. This built-in function\n\
2304returns size of object referenced by @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} is always\n\
2305@code{ADDR_EXPR} of @code{VAR_DECL}. This built-in is used by\n\
2306Pointer Bounds Checker when bounds of object cannot be computed statically\n\
2307(e.g. object has incomplete type).\n\
2308@end deftypefn\n\
2309\n\
2310@deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_lower (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2311Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_LOWER}. This built-in function\n\
2312returns lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2313@end deftypefn\n\
2314\n\
2315@deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_upper (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2316Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_UPPER}. This built-in function\n\
2317returns upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2318@end deftypefn",
2319 tree, (unsigned fcode),
2320 default_builtin_chkp_function)
2321
2322DEFHOOK
2323(chkp_bound_type,
2324 "Return type to be used for bounds",
2325 tree, (void),
2326 default_chkp_bound_type)
2327
2328DEFHOOK
2329(chkp_bound_mode,
2330 "Return mode to be used for bounds.",
2331 enum machine_mode, (void),
2332 default_chkp_bound_mode)
2333
2334DEFHOOK
2335(chkp_make_bounds_constant,
2336 "Return constant used to statically initialize constant bounds\n\
2337with specified lower bound @var{lb} and upper bounds @var{ub}.",
2338 tree, (HOST_WIDE_INT lb, HOST_WIDE_INT ub),
2339 default_chkp_make_bounds_constant)
2340
2341DEFHOOK
2342(chkp_initialize_bounds,
2343 "Generate a list of statements @var{stmts} to initialize pointer\n\
2344bounds variable @var{var} with bounds @var{lb} and @var{ub}. Return\n\
2345the number of generated statements.",
2346 int, (tree var, tree lb, tree ub, tree *stmts),
2347 default_chkp_initialize_bounds)
2348
38f8b050
JR
2349/* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2350 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2351 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2352 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2353 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
d66f5459 2354DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2355(resolve_overloaded_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2356 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2357was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2358@emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2359implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2360declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2361arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2362complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2363another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2364@var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
d66f5459 2365 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
38f8b050 2366
ea679d55
JG
2367/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2368 and GENERIC. */
08914aaa 2369DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2370(fold_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2371 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2372@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2373built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2374the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2375The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2376containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2377@var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
08914aaa 2378 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
38f8b050
JR
2379 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2380
ea679d55
JG
2381/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2382DEFHOOK
2383(gimple_fold_builtin,
2384 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2385by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2386statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2387was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2388 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2389 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2390
3649b9b7
ST
2391/* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2392 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2393 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2394 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2395 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2396 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2397 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2398 and 0 if they are the same. */
2399DEFHOOK
2400(compare_version_priority,
673c2f63
JM
2401 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2402determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2403during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2404versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2405is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2406 the two function decls that will be compared.",
3649b9b7
ST
2407 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2408
2409/* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2410 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2411 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2412 must be generated. */
2413DEFHOOK
2414(generate_version_dispatcher_body,
673c2f63
JM
2415 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2416function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2417@var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2418body must be generated.",
3649b9b7
ST
2419 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2420
2421/* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2422 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2423 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2424 identical versions. */
2425DEFHOOK
2426(get_function_versions_dispatcher,
673c2f63
JM
2427 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2428versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2429version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2430identical versions.",
3649b9b7
ST
2431 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2432
38f8b050
JR
2433/* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2434 reciprocal of the function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
89356d17 2435DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2436(builtin_reciprocal,
673c2f63
JM
2437 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements reciprocal of\n\
2438the builtin function with builtin function code @var{fn}, or\n\
2439@code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available. @var{md_fn} is true\n\
2440when @var{fn} is a code of a machine-dependent builtin function. When\n\
2441@var{sqrt} is true, additional optimizations that apply only to the reciprocal\n\
2442of a square root function are performed, and only reciprocals of @code{sqrt}\n\
2443function are valid.",
89356d17 2444 tree, (unsigned fn, bool md_fn, bool sqrt),
38f8b050
JR
2445 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2446
2447/* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2448 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2449 NULL. */
2450DEFHOOK
2451(mangle_type,
673c2f63
JM
2452 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2453uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2454to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2455mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2456the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2457not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2458for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2459return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2460string constant.\n\
2461\n\
2462Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2463qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2464fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2465is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2466length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2467ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2468@var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2469@var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2470code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2471@code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2472codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2473spaces in your string.\n\
2474\n\
2475This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2476name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2477can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2478before mangling.\n\
2479\n\
2480The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2481appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2482types.",
38f8b050
JR
2483 const char *, (const_tree type),
2484 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2485
2486/* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2487DEFHOOK
2488(init_libfuncs,
673c2f63
JM
2489 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2490existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2491@code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2492@code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2493library routines.\n\
2494\n\
2495The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
38f8b050
JR
2496 void, (void),
2497 hook_void_void)
2498
cdbf4541
BS
2499 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2500DEFHOOKPOD
2501(libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2502 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2503underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2504instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2505currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2506is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2507@code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2508 bool, false)
2509
38f8b050
JR
2510/* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2511 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2512/* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2513DEFHOOK
2514(section_type_flags,
673c2f63
JM
2515 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2516based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2517declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2518null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2519\n\
2520The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2521read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2522need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2523set via @code{__attribute__}.",
38f8b050
JR
2524 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2525 default_section_type_flags)
2526
d33d9e47
AI
2527DEFHOOK
2528(libc_has_function,
2529 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2530@var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2531 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2532 default_libc_has_function)
2533
38f8b050
JR
2534/* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2535 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2536DEFHOOK
2537(cannot_modify_jumps_p,
673c2f63
JM
2538 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2539instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2540every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2541reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2542\n\
2543@smallexample\n\
2544static bool\n\
2545cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2546@{\n\
2547 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2548@}\n\
2549@end smallexample",
38f8b050
JR
2550 bool, (void),
2551 hook_bool_void_false)
2552
4b4de898
JR
2553/* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2554DEFHOOK
2555(can_follow_jump,
2556 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2557 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2558 false, if it can't.\
2559 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2560 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
c1ce59ab
DM
2561 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2562 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
4b4de898 2563
38f8b050
JR
2564/* Return a register class for which branch target register
2565 optimizations should be applied. */
2566DEFHOOK
2567(branch_target_register_class,
673c2f63
JM
2568 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2569optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2570usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2571re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2572to inter-block scheduling.",
a87cf97e 2573 reg_class_t, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2574 default_branch_target_register_class)
2575
2576/* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2577 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2578 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2579 already been generated. */
2580DEFHOOK
2581(branch_target_register_callee_saved,
673c2f63
JM
2582 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2583registers\n\
2584that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2585returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2586that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2587@samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2588saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2589epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2590true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2591to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2592to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
38f8b050
JR
2593 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2594 hook_bool_bool_false)
2595
2596/* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2597DEFHOOK
2598(have_conditional_execution,
673c2f63
JM
2599 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2600This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2601modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
38f8b050
JR
2602 bool, (void),
2603 default_have_conditional_execution)
2604
2e0f1341
ZC
2605DEFHOOK
2606(gen_ccmp_first,
5f3bc026
ZC
2607 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2608 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns a appropriate @code{CC}\n\
2609 for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}. The insns to\n\
2610 prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare insns are\n\
2611 saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the compares in the\n\
2612 the conditional comparision are generated without error. @var{code} is\n\
2e0f1341 2613 the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
5f3bc026 2614 rtx, (rtx *prep_seq, rtx *gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2e0f1341
ZC
2615 NULL)
2616
2617DEFHOOK
2618(gen_ccmp_next,
5f3bc026
ZC
2619 "This function prepare to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence of\n\
2620 conditional comparisons. It returns a appropriate @code{CC} for passing to\n\
2621 @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}. The insns to prepare the\n\
2622 compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare insns are saved in\n\
2623 @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the compares in the conditional\n\
2624 comparision are generated without error. The @var{prev} expression is the\n\
2625 result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first} or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It\n\
2626 may return @code{NULL} if the combination of @var{prev} and this comparison is\n\
2e0f1341
ZC
2627 not supported, otherwise the result must be appropriate for passing to\n\
2628 @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}. @var{code} is the\n\
2629 @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}. @var{bit_code}\n\
2630 is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the two compares.",
5f3bc026 2631 rtx, (rtx *prep_seq, rtx *gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2e0f1341
ZC
2632 NULL)
2633
38f8b050
JR
2634/* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2635DEFHOOK
2636(loop_unroll_adjust,
673c2f63
JM
2637 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2638should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2639the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2640the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2641is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2642number of memory accesses.",
38f8b050
JR
2643 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2644 NULL)
2645
1a627b35
RS
2646/* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2647DEFHOOK
2648(legitimate_constant_p,
673c2f63
JM
2649 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2650@var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2651@var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2652\n\
2653The default definition returns true.",
ef4bddc2 2654 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
1a627b35
RS
2655 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2656
38f8b050
JR
2657/* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2658DEFHOOK
2659(cannot_force_const_mem,
673c2f63
JM
2660 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2661should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2662of @var{x}.\n\
2663\n\
2664The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2665\n\
2666The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2667deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2668from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2669holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2670of TLS symbols for various targets.",
ef4bddc2 2671 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
fbbf66e7 2672 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
38f8b050
JR
2673
2674DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2675(cannot_copy_insn_p,
2676 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
ac44248e 2677 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
2678
2679/* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2680DEFHOOK
2681(commutative_p,
673c2f63
JM
2682 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2683Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2684PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2685of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
38f8b050
JR
2686 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2687 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2688
2689/* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2690 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2691DEFHOOK
2692(mode_dependent_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
2693 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2694space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2695different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2696reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2697but not others.\n\
2698\n\
2699Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2700effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2701of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2702addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2703\n\
2704You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2705\n\
2706The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
5bfed9a9 2707 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
38f8b050
JR
2708 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2709
2710/* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2711 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2712DEFHOOK
2713(legitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
2714 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2715operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2716address.\n\
2717\n\
2718@findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2719@var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2720and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2721@var{x}.\n\
2722\n\
2723The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2724@var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2725should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2726\n\
2727It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2728with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2729The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2730the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2731is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2732a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2733strategy can generate better code.",
ef4bddc2 2734 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
2735 default_legitimize_address)
2736
2737/* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2738DEFHOOK
2739(delegitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
2740 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2741@code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2742macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2743references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2744addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2745the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2746into their original form.",
38f8b050
JR
2747 rtx, (rtx x),
2748 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2749
93bcc8c9
JJ
2750/* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2751 section. */
2752DEFHOOK
2753(const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
673c2f63
JM
2754 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2755debug sections.",
93bcc8c9
JJ
2756 bool, (rtx x),
2757 hook_bool_rtx_false)
2758
38f8b050
JR
2759/* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2760DEFHOOK
2761(legitimate_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
2762 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2763address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2764\n\
2765Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2766non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2767desired by the caller.\n\
2768\n\
2769The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2770that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2771considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2772kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2773must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2774up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2775register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2776if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2777\n\
2778The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2779accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2780register is required.\n\
2781\n\
2782Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2783and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2784constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2785specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2786recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2787\n\
2788Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2789sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2790@code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2791naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2792be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2793\n\
2794@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2795On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2796the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2797target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2798into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2799@code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2800@code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2801Format}.\n\
2802\n\
2803@cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2804Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2805this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2806has this syntax:\n\
2807\n\
2808@example\n\
2809#define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2810@end example\n\
2811\n\
2812@noindent\n\
2813and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2814address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2815\n\
2816@findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2817Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2818macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2819@code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2820that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2821\n\
2822Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2823files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
ef4bddc2 2824 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
38f8b050
JR
2825 default_legitimate_address_p)
2826
2827/* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2828DEFHOOK
2829(use_blocks_for_constant_p,
673c2f63
JM
2830 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2831be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2832of @var{x}.\n\
2833\n\
2834The default version returns false for all constants.",
ef4bddc2 2835 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
38f8b050
JR
2836 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2837
361a58da
DE
2838/* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2839DEFHOOK
2840(use_blocks_for_decl_p,
673c2f63
JM
2841 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2842be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2843\n\
2844The default version returns true for all decls.",
361a58da
DE
2845 bool, (const_tree decl),
2846 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2847
38f8b050
JR
2848/* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2849DEFHOOKPOD
2850(min_anchor_offset,
673c2f63
JM
2851 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2852On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2853applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2854for every mode. The default value is 0.",
38f8b050
JR
2855 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2856
2857DEFHOOKPOD
2858(max_anchor_offset,
673c2f63
JM
2859 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2860offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2861value is 0.",
38f8b050
JR
2862 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2863
2864/* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2865DEFHOOK
2866(use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
673c2f63
JM
2867 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2868@var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2869@samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2870\n\
2871The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2872intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2873or target-specific sections.",
38f8b050
JR
2874 bool, (const_rtx x),
2875 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2876
2f251a05
AI
2877/* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2878DEFHOOK
2879(has_ifunc_p,
2880 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2881The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2882The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2883 bool, (void),
2884 default_has_ifunc_p)
2885
38f8b050
JR
2886/* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2887 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2888 this is an indirect call. */
2889DEFHOOK
2890(function_ok_for_sibcall,
5bd40ade 2891 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
673c2f63
JM
2892call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2893or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2894\n\
2895It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2896tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2897during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2898as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
2899``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2900may vary greatly between different architectures.",
38f8b050
JR
2901 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2902 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2903
2904/* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2905 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2906 level, outside of any function scope. */
2907DEFHOOK
2908(set_current_function,
673c2f63
JM
2909 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2910context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2911the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2912per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2913attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2914The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2915and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2916and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2917The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2918\n\
2919GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2920some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2921situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2922or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2923@code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2924outside of any function scope.",
38f8b050
JR
2925 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2926
2927/* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2928DEFHOOK
2929(in_small_data_p,
673c2f63
JM
2930 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2931The default version of this hook always returns false.",
38f8b050
JR
2932 bool, (const_tree exp),
2933 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2934
2935/* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
2936 to the current executable or shared library. */
2937DEFHOOK
2938(binds_local_p,
673c2f63
JM
2939 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
2940rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
2941or executable image).\n\
2942\n\
2943The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
2944for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
2945currently supported object file formats.",
38f8b050
JR
2946 bool, (const_tree exp),
2947 default_binds_local_p)
2948
3c5273a9
KT
2949/* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
2950DEFHOOK
2951(profile_before_prologue,
2952 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
2953The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
2954@code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
2955 bool, (void),
2956 default_profile_before_prologue)
2957
d56a43a0
AK
2958/* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
2959 enabled. */
2960DEFHOOK
2961(keep_leaf_when_profiled,
2962 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
2963 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
2964 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
2965 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
2966 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
2967 bool, (void),
2968 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
2969
38f8b050
JR
2970/* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
2971 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
2972 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
2973 The default is to return ID without modification. */
2974DEFHOOK
2975(mangle_decl_assembler_name,
673c2f63
JM
2976 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
2977by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
2978the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
2979or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
2980hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
2981your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
2982returns the @var{id} provided.",
38f8b050
JR
2983 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
2984 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
2985
2986/* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
2987 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
2988DEFHOOK
2989(encode_section_info,
673c2f63
JM
2990 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
2991treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
2992function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
2993\n\
2994The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
2995@var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
2996an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
2997rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
2998in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
2999\n\
3000In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3001a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3002will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3003register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3004rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3005leave it alone.)\n\
3006\n\
3007The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3008that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3009be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3010declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3011declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3012@var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3013\n\
3014@cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3015The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3016@code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3017Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3018encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3019discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3020\n\
3021The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3022in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3023@code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3024before overriding it.",
38f8b050
JR
3025 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3026 default_encode_section_info)
3027
3028/* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3029DEFHOOK
3030(strip_name_encoding,
673c2f63
JM
3031 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3032the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3033may have added.",
38f8b050
JR
3034 const char *, (const char *name),
3035 default_strip_name_encoding)
3036
3037/* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3038 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3039DEFHOOK
3040(shift_truncation_mask,
673c2f63
JM
3041 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3042deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3043@xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3044\n\
3045On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3046shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3047equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3048this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3049otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3050particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3051\n\
3052Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3053@emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3054that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3055\n\
3056The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3057@code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3058and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3059@code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3060nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3061by overriding it.",
ef4bddc2 3062 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3063 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3064
3065/* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3066 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3067 the reciprocal. */
3068DEFHOOK
3069(min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
673c2f63
JM
3070 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3071divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3072the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3073that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3074of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3075has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
ef4bddc2 3076 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3077 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3078
3079/* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3080 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3081 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3082/* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3083 necessarily defined at this point. */
3084DEFHOOK
3085(mode_rep_extended,
673c2f63
JM
3086 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3087are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3088@code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3089sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3090otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3091representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3092@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3093@code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3094@var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3095widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3096\n\
3097Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3098value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3099as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3100@code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns nonzero.\n\
3101\n\
3102Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3103describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3104@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3105to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3106extension.\n\
3107\n\
3108In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3109@code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3110@code{mode}.",
ef4bddc2 3111 int, (machine_mode mode, machine_mode rep_mode),
38f8b050
JR
3112 default_mode_rep_extended)
3113
3114/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3115DEFHOOK
3116(valid_pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3117 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3118with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3119hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3120 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3121 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3122
7352c013
RG
3123/* Disambiguate with errno. */
3124DEFHOOK
3125(ref_may_alias_errno,
3126 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3127 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3128 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3129 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3130 a pointer to int.",
84562394 3131 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
7352c013
RG
3132 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3133
38f8b050
JR
3134/* Support for named address spaces. */
3135#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3136#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3137HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3138
3139/* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3140DEFHOOK
3141(pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3142 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3143@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
0a798c16 3144The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
ef4bddc2 3145 machine_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
38f8b050
JR
3146 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3147
3148/* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3149DEFHOOK
3150(address_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3151 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3152@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
0a798c16 3153The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3154 machine_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
38f8b050
JR
3155 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3156
3157/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3158 in another address space. */
3159DEFHOOK
3160(valid_pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3161 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3162with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3163hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3164except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3165version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3166@code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3167target hooks for the given address space.",
ef4bddc2 3168 bool, (machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3169 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3170
3171/* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3172 space for a given mode. */
3173DEFHOOK
3174(legitimate_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
3175 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3176@var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3177parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3178finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3179@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3180explicit named address space support.",
ef4bddc2 3181 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3182 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3183
3184/* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3185 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3186 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3187DEFHOOK
3188(legitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
3189 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3190with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3191hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3192except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
ef4bddc2 3193 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3194 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3195
3196/* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3197DEFHOOK
3198(subset_p,
673c2f63
JM
3199 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3200contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3201a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3202will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3203arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3204converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
b5bcaa4a 3205 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
38f8b050
JR
3206 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3207
3208/* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3209DEFHOOK
3210(convert,
673c2f63
JM
3211 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3212@var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3213space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3214to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3215guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3216as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
38f8b050
JR
3217 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3218 default_addr_space_convert)
3219
3220HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3221
3222#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3223#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3224
3225/* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3226 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3227 the arithmetic is supported. */
3228DEFHOOK
3229(scalar_mode_supported_p,
673c2f63
JM
3230 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3231insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3232considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3233must work.\n\
3234\n\
3235The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3236required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3237Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3238code in @file{optabs.c}.",
ef4bddc2 3239 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3240 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3241
3242/* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3243 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3244 for further details. */
3245DEFHOOK
3246(vector_mode_supported_p,
673c2f63
JM
3247 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3248insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3249must have move patterns for this mode.",
ef4bddc2 3250 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3251 hook_bool_mode_false)
3252
5aea1e76
UW
3253DEFHOOK
3254(vector_alignment,
3255 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3256@var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3257require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3258this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3259the vector element type.",
3260 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3261 default_vector_alignment)
3262
0f6d54f7
RS
3263/* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3264 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3265DEFHOOK
3266(array_mode_supported_p,
3267 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3268of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3269Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3270and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3271\n\
3272One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3273that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3274has operations like:\n\
3275\n\
3276@smallexample\n\
3277int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3278@end smallexample\n\
3279\n\
3280where the return type is defined as:\n\
3281\n\
3282@smallexample\n\
3283typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3284@{\n\
3285 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3286@} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3287@end smallexample\n\
3288\n\
3289If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3290@code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3291@code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
ef4bddc2 3292 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
0f6d54f7
RS
3293 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3294
8cc4b7a2
JM
3295DEFHOOK
3296(libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3297 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3298floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3299@code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3300hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3301@code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
ef4bddc2 3302 bool, (machine_mode mode),
8cc4b7a2
JM
3303 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3304
38f8b050
JR
3305/* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3306 TO, using MODE. */
3307DEFHOOK
3308(register_move_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3309 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3310from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3311are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3312A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3313that.\n\
3314\n\
3315It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3316same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3317registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3318\n\
3319If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3320hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3321classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3322constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3323allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3324if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3325\n\
3326The default version of this function returns 2.",
ef4bddc2 3327 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
38f8b050
JR
3328 default_register_move_cost)
3329
3330/* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3331/* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3332 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
911852ff 3333DEFHOOK
38f8b050 3334(memory_move_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3335 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3336between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3337if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3338This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3339If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3340registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3341\n\
3342If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3343the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3344needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3345between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3346more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3347reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3348\n\
3349GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3350secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3351a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3352secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
33534 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3354value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3355are the same as to this target hook.",
ef4bddc2 3356 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
38f8b050
JR
3357 default_memory_move_cost)
3358
7cbed008
JG
3359DEFHOOK
3360(use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3361 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3362two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3363when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3364implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3365insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3366@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3367unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3368\n\
3369This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3370given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3371infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3372Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3373units.\n\
3374\n\
3375The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3376@code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES}.\n\
3377These describe the type of memory operation under consideration.\n\
3378\n\
3379The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3380optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3381\n\
3382Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3383for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3384@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3385@code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3386insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3387the body of the memory operation.\n\
3388\n\
3389Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3390in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3391move would be greater than that of a library call.",
445d7826 3392 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
7cbed008
JG
3393 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3394 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3395
38f8b050
JR
3396/* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3397 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3398 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3399 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3400DEFHOOK
3401(small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
673c2f63
JM
3402 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3403small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3404@var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3405in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3406In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3407for any mode.\n\
3408\n\
3409On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3410insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3411to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3412if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3413insn.\n\
3414\n\
3415Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3416in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3417the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3418classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3419registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3420registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3421SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3422strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3423machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3424\n\
3425The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3426safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3427unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3428that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3429to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3430of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
ef4bddc2 3431 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3432 hook_bool_mode_false)
3433
e692f276
RH
3434/* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3435 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3436DEFHOOKPOD
3437(flags_regnum,
3438 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3439 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3440 appropriately.",
3441 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3442
38f8b050
JR
3443/* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3444 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3445 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
e548c9df 3446/* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
38f8b050
JR
3447 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3448DEFHOOK
3449(rtx_costs,
673c2f63
JM
3450 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3451\n\
3452The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3453available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3454as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3455That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3456that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3457either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3458(b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3459\n\
e548c9df
AM
3460@var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3461do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
673c2f63
JM
3462\n\
3463In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3464@code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3465instructions.\n\
3466\n\
3467On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3468for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3469necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3470for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3471operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3472\n\
3473When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3474false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3475size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3476\n\
3477The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3478processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
e548c9df
AM
3479 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3480 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
38f8b050
JR
3481
3482/* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3483 invalid addresses. */
3484DEFHOOK
3485(address_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3486 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3487@var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3488the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3489\n\
3490For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3491true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3492instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3493all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3494\n\
3495In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3496the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3497cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3498\n\
3499For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3500and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3501is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3502references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3503the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3504that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3505instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3506specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3507\n\
3508This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3509\n\
3510On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3511cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3512@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3513be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3514@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3515should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3516should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3517registers on machines with lots of registers.",
ef4bddc2 3518 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
38f8b050
JR
3519 default_address_cost)
3520
f52a73a4
SD
3521/* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3522 scheduling. */
3523DEFHOOK
3524(no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3525 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3526speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3527such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3528delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3529disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3530delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3531as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3532 hook_bool_void_false)
3533
38f8b050
JR
3534/* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3535DEFHOOK
3536(allocate_initial_value,
673c2f63
JM
3537 "\n\
3538When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3539register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3540to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3541it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3542is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3543that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3544@code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3545Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3546to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3547the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3548@code{MEM}.\n\
3549If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3550it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3551You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3552@code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3553register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3554The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3555allocation.",
38f8b050
JR
3556 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3557
c84a808e 3558/* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
38f8b050
JR
3559 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3560DEFHOOK
3561(unspec_may_trap_p,
673c2f63
JM
3562 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3563@code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3564this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3565@code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3566to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3567passed along.",
38f8b050
JR
3568 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3569 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3570
3571/* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3572 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3573 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3574 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3575 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3576 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3577DEFHOOK
3578(dwarf_register_span,
673c2f63
JM
3579 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3580represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3581register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3582locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3583register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3584If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
38f8b050
JR
3585 rtx, (rtx reg),
3586 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3587
ff050c66
MF
3588/* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3589 register. */
3590DEFHOOK
3591(dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3592 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3593corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3594used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3595clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
ef4bddc2 3596 machine_mode, (int regno),
ff050c66
MF
3597 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3598
38f8b050
JR
3599/* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3600 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3601 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3602 code, given the address of the table. */
3603DEFHOOK
3604(init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
673c2f63
JM
3605 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3606multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3607sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3608It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3609filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3610@var{address} is the address of the table.",
38f8b050
JR
3611 void, (tree address),
3612 hook_void_tree)
3613
3614/* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3615 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3616 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3617 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3618 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3619 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3620 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3621DEFHOOK
3622(fixed_condition_code_regs,
673c2f63
JM
3623 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3624register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3625regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3626hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3627small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3628to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3629arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3630When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3631integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3632@code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3633\n\
3634The default version of this hook returns false.",
38f8b050
JR
3635 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3636 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3637
3638/* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3639 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3640 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3641 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3642 VOIDmode. */
3643DEFHOOK
3644(cc_modes_compatible,
673c2f63
JM
3645 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3646@code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3647validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3648target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3649both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3650return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3651\n\
3652The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3653same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3654returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3655 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
38f8b050
JR
3656 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3657
3658/* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3659 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3660DEFHOOK
3661(machine_dependent_reorg,
673c2f63
JM
3662 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3663instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3664just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3665\n\
3666The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3667it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3668laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3669Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3670\n\
3671You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3672definition is null.",
38f8b050
JR
3673 void, (void), NULL)
3674
3675/* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3676DEFHOOK
3677(build_builtin_va_list,
673c2f63
JM
3678 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3679The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
38f8b050
JR
3680 tree, (void),
3681 std_build_builtin_va_list)
3682
3683/* Enumerate the va list variants. */
07a5b2bc 3684DEFHOOK
38f8b050 3685(enum_va_list_p,
673c2f63
JM
3686 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
3687to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
3688variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
3689to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
3690variable.\n\
3691The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
3692this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
3693internal type.\n\
3694If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
3695Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
3696macro to iterate through all types.",
38f8b050
JR
3697 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
3698 NULL)
3699
3700/* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
3701DEFHOOK
3702(fn_abi_va_list,
673c2f63
JM
3703 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
3704@var{fndecl}.\n\
3705The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
38f8b050
JR
3706 tree, (tree fndecl),
3707 std_fn_abi_va_list)
3708
3709/* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
3710DEFHOOK
3711(canonical_va_list_type,
673c2f63
JM
3712 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
3713type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
3714@code{NULL_TREE}.",
38f8b050
JR
3715 tree, (tree type),
3716 std_canonical_va_list_type)
3717
3718/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3719DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3720(expand_builtin_va_start,
3721"Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
3722 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
3723
3724/* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
3725DEFHOOK
3726(gimplify_va_arg_expr,
673c2f63
JM
3727 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
3728@code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
3729arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
3730@code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
38f8b050
JR
3731 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
3732 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
3733
3734/* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
3735 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
3736 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
3737 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
3738 or an error message if not. */
3739DEFHOOK
3740(get_pch_validity,
673c2f63
JM
3741 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
3742@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
3743@samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
38f8b050
JR
3744 void *, (size_t *sz),
3745 default_get_pch_validity)
3746
3747DEFHOOK
3748(pch_valid_p,
673c2f63
JM
3749 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
3750compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
3751if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
3752be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
3753\n\
3754@var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
3755when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
3756It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
3757compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
3758\n\
3759The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
3760suitable for most targets.",
38f8b050
JR
3761 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
3762 default_pch_valid_p)
3763
e32ea2d1
RS
3764DEFHOOK
3765(prepare_pch_save,
3766 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
3767garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
3768it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
3769to do anything here.",
3770 void, (void),
3771 hook_void_void)
3772
38f8b050
JR
3773/* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
3774 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
3775 otherwise it returns an error message. */
3776DEFHOOK
3777(check_pch_target_flags,
673c2f63
JM
3778 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
3779@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
3780of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
3781@code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
3782value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
38f8b050
JR
3783 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
3784
3785/* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
3786 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
3787 that type. */
3788DEFHOOK
3789(default_short_enums,
673c2f63
JM
3790 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
3791@code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
3792of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
3793@code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
3794\n\
3795The default is to return false.",
38f8b050
JR
3796 bool, (void),
3797 hook_bool_void_false)
3798
3799/* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
3800 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
3801DEFHOOK
3802(builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
673c2f63
JM
3803 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
3804the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
3805The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
3806machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
3807@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
38f8b050
JR
3808 rtx, (void),
3809 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
3810
7ca35180
RH
3811/* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
3812 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
3813DEFHOOK
3814(md_asm_adjust,
3815 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
3816@var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
3817clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
3818to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
3819\n\
3820It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
3821as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
3822a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
3823 rtx_insn *,
3824 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
3825 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
3826 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
3827
3828/* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
3829 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
3830 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
3831 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
3832 the function is being declared as an int. */
3833DEFHOOK
3834(dwarf_calling_convention,
673c2f63
JM
3835 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
3836be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
3837value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
38f8b050
JR
3838 int, (const_tree function),
3839 hook_int_const_tree_0)
3840
3841/* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
3842 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
3843 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
3844 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
3845 and
3846 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
3847 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
3848DEFHOOK
3849(dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
673c2f63
JM
3850 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
3851contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
3852info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
3853@smallexample\n\
3854(set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
3855@end smallexample\n\
3856and\n\
3857@smallexample\n\
3858(set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
3859@end smallexample\n\
3860to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
3861the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
3862the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
38f8b050
JR
3863 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
3864
3865/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3866DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3867(stdarg_optimize_hook,
3868"Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
3869 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
3870 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
355fe088 3871 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
3872
3873/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
3874 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
3875 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
3876DEFHOOK
3877(stack_protect_guard,
673c2f63
JM
3878 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
3879for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
3880runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
3881that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
3882variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
3883\n\
3884The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
3885@samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
38f8b050
JR
3886 tree, (void),
3887 default_stack_protect_guard)
3888
3889/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
3890 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
3891DEFHOOK
3892(stack_protect_fail,
673c2f63
JM
3893 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
3894stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
3895involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
3896\n\
3897The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
3898@samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
3899normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
38f8b050
JR
3900 tree, (void),
3901 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
3902
1d0216c8
RS
3903DEFHOOK
3904(can_use_doloop_p,
3905 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
3906and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
3907exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
3908the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
3909the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
3910contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
3911loop is only entered from the top.\n\
3912\n\
3913This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
3914implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
3915if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
807e902e 3916 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
1d0216c8 3917 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
807e902e 3918 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
1d0216c8 3919
38f8b050
JR
3920/* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
3921 otherwise it returns an error message. */
3922DEFHOOK
3923(invalid_within_doloop,
673c2f63
JM
3924 "\n\
3925Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
3926low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
3927could not be applied.\n\
3928\n\
3929Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
3930instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
3931the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
3932By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
3933loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
ac44248e 3934 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
38f8b050
JR
3935 default_invalid_within_doloop)
3936
78e4f1ad
UB
3937/* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
3938DEFHOOK
3939(legitimate_combined_insn,
3940"Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
3941 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
3942 default is to accept all instructions.",
ac44248e
DM
3943 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
3944 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
78e4f1ad 3945
38f8b050
JR
3946DEFHOOK
3947(valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
3948"@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
3949 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
3950 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
3951 bool, (const_tree decl),
3952 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
3953
3954/* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
3955 value. */
3956DEFHOOKPOD
3957(const_anchor,
673c2f63
JM
3958 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
3959a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
3960is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
3961is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
3962subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
3963the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
3964available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
3965constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
3966down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
3967@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
3968accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
3969value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
3970MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
3971@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
3972is zero, which disables this optimization.",
38f8b050
JR
3973 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
3974
5dcfdccd
KY
3975/* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
3976DEFHOOK
3977(memmodel_check,
673c2f63
JM
3978 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
3979memory model bits are allowed.",
5dcfdccd
KY
3980 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
3981
dfe06d3e
JJ
3982/* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
3983 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
3984 supported by the target. */
3985DEFHOOK
3986(asan_shadow_offset,
3987 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
3988Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
3989supported by the target.",
3990 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
3991 NULL)
3992
38f8b050
JR
3993/* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
3994/* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
3995HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
3996
3997DEFHOOK
3998(promote_function_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3999 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4000function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4001and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4002change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4003pointer} types.\n\
4004\n\
4005@var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4006return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4007@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4008If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4009which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4010then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4011the signedness may be different.\n\
4012\n\
4013@var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4014\n\
4015The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4016also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4017if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
ef4bddc2 4018 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
38f8b050
JR
4019 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4020 default_promote_function_mode)
4021
4022DEFHOOK
4023(promote_prototypes,
673c2f63
JM
4024 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4025prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4026passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4027cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4028The default is to not promote prototypes.",
38f8b050
JR
4029 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4030 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4031
4032DEFHOOK
4033(struct_value_rtx,
673c2f63
JM
4034 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4035address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4036passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4037be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4038hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4039argument.\n\
4040\n\
4041On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4042is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4043caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4044be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4045@var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4046the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4047the caller.\n\
4048\n\
4049If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4050stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4051@var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4052structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4053to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
38f8b050
JR
4054 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4055 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
e0d14c39
BS
4056
4057DEFHOOKPOD
4058(omit_struct_return_reg,
4059 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4060is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4061arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4062pointer return value. Define this to true if that behaviour is\n\
4063undesirable on your target.",
4064 bool, false)
4065
38f8b050
JR
4066DEFHOOK
4067(return_in_memory,
673c2f63
JM
4068 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4069function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4070Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4071will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4072libcalls.\n\
4073\n\
4074Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4075by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4076takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4077possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4078definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4079values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4080\n\
4081Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4082be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4083to indicate this.",
38f8b050
JR
4084 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4085 default_return_in_memory)
4086
4087DEFHOOK
4088(return_in_msb,
673c2f63
JM
4089 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4090at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4091padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4092is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4093\n\
4094Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4095be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4096or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
40974-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4098@code{SImode} rtx.",
38f8b050
JR
4099 bool, (const_tree type),
4100 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4101
4102/* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4103 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4104 from __builtin_va_arg. */
ec9f85e5 4105DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4106(pass_by_reference,
673c2f63
JM
4107 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4108position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4109predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4110passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4111\n\
4112If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4113pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4114The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4115to that type.",
38f8b050 4116 bool,
ef4bddc2 4117 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4118 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4119
4120DEFHOOK
4121(expand_builtin_saveregs,
673c2f63
JM
4122 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4123@code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4124beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4125return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4126to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
38f8b050
JR
4127 rtx, (void),
4128 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4129
4130/* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4131DEFHOOK
4132(setup_incoming_varargs,
673c2f63
JM
4133 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4134@code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4135@code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4136register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4137have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4138use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4139pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4140\n\
4141The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4142structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4143named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4144last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4145\n\
4146The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4147argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4148store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4149variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4150store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4151frame.\n\
4152\n\
4153Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4154compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4155@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4156have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4157for all data types.\n\
4158\n\
4159If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4160arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4161happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4162end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4163not generate any instructions in this case.",
ef4bddc2 4164 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4165 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4166 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4167
d5e254e1
IE
4168DEFHOOK
4169(load_bounds_for_arg,
4170 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4171@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4172bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4173memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4174memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4175constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4176should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4177 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4178 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4179
4180DEFHOOK
4181(store_bounds_for_arg,
4182 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4183@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4184@var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4185memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4186memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4187constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4188should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4189 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4190 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4191
4192DEFHOOK
4193(load_returned_bounds,
4194 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4195returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4196loaded bounds.",
4197 rtx, (rtx slot),
4198 default_load_returned_bounds)
4199
4200DEFHOOK
4201(store_returned_bounds,
4202 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4203returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4204 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4205 default_store_returned_bounds)
4206
4207DEFHOOK
4208(setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4209 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4210into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4211@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
4212 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, enum machine_mode mode, tree type,
4213 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4214 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4215
2f21e1ba
BS
4216DEFHOOK
4217(call_args,
4218 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4219for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4220@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4221before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4222function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4223@code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4224invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4225This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4226registers if a target needs it.\n\
4227For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4228passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4229Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4230 void, (rtx, tree),
4231 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4232
4233DEFHOOK
4234(end_call_args,
4235 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4236just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4237signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4238emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4239Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4240 void, (void),
4241 hook_void_void)
4242
38f8b050
JR
4243DEFHOOK
4244(strict_argument_naming,
673c2f63
JM
4245 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4246argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4247\n\
4248This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4249is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4250@code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4251arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4252but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4253then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4254except the last are treated as named.\n\
4255\n\
4256You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
d5cc9181 4257 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
38f8b050
JR
4258 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4259
4260/* Returns true if we should use
4261 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4262 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4263DEFHOOK
4264(pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
673c2f63
JM
4265 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4266@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4267@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4268defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4269@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4270Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
d5cc9181 4271 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
38f8b050
JR
4272 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4273
4274/* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4275 should be passed as two scalars. */
4276DEFHOOK
4277(split_complex_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4278 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4279as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4280arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4281to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4282AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4283registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4284point register.\n\
4285\n\
4286The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4287false.",
38f8b050
JR
4288 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4289
4290/* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4291 but must be passed on the stack. */
4292/* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4293 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4294DEFHOOK
4295(must_pass_in_stack,
673c2f63
JM
4296 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4297solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4298definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4299documentation.",
ef4bddc2 4300 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
38f8b050
JR
4301 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4302
4303/* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4304 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4305 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4306DEFHOOK
4307(callee_copies,
673c2f63
JM
4308 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4309known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4310function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4311by the caller.\n\
4312\n\
4313For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4314determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4315not be generated.\n\
4316\n\
4317The default version of this hook always returns false.",
38f8b050 4318 bool,
ef4bddc2 4319 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4320 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4321
4322/* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4323 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4324 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4325DEFHOOK
4326(arg_partial_bytes,
673c2f63
JM
4327 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4328argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4329arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4330pushed on the stack.\n\
4331\n\
4332On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4333registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4334first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4335on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4336structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4337in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4338compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4339\n\
4340@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4341register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4342@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
ef4bddc2 4343 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4344 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4345
4346/* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4347 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4348 argument. */
b25b9e8f 4349DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4350(function_arg_advance,
673c2f63
JM
4351 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4352advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4353@var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4354the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4355argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4356\n\
4357This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4358on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4359used for arguments without any special help.",
38f8b050 4360 void,
ef4bddc2 4361 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4362 default_function_arg_advance)
4363
4364/* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4365 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4366 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4367 argument. */
b25b9e8f 4368DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4369(function_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4370 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4371register and if so, which register.\n\
4372\n\
4373The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4374arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4375the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4376(which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4377which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4378nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4379function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4380syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4381\n\
4382The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4383register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4384on the stack.\n\
4385\n\
d5e254e1
IE
4386The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4387passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4388should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4389@code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4390for more information.\n\
4391\n\
673c2f63
JM
4392The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4393used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4394@code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4395@code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4396describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4397@code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4398register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4399register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4400second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4401the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4402As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4403RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4404argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4405\n\
4406The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4407VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4408pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4409\n\
4410@cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4411The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4412machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4413cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4414done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4415@var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4416\n\
4417@cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4418@cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4419You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4420in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4421type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4422is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4423argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4424defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4425a register.",
ef4bddc2 4426 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4427 bool named),
4428 default_function_arg)
4429
4430/* Likewise, but for machines with register windows. Return the
4431 location where the argument will appear to the callee. */
b25b9e8f 4432DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4433(function_incoming_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4434 "Define this hook if the target machine has ``register windows'', so\n\
4435that the register in which a function sees an arguments is not\n\
4436necessarily the same as the one in which the caller passed the\n\
4437argument.\n\
4438\n\
4439For such machines, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4440which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4441@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4442fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4443arrive.\n\
4444\n\
4445If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4446@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
ef4bddc2 4447 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4448 bool named),
4449 default_function_incoming_arg)
4450
c2ed6cf8
NF
4451DEFHOOK
4452(function_arg_boundary,
673c2f63
JM
4453 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4454with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4455@code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
ef4bddc2 4456 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
c2ed6cf8
NF
4457 default_function_arg_boundary)
4458
123148b5
BS
4459DEFHOOK
4460(function_arg_round_boundary,
4461 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4462which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4463return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4464value.",
ef4bddc2 4465 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
123148b5
BS
4466 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4467
38f8b050
JR
4468/* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4469 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4470DEFHOOK
4471(invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
673c2f63
JM
4472 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4473illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4474with prototype @var{typelist}.",
38f8b050
JR
4475 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4476 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4477
4478/* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4479 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4480DEFHOOK
4481(function_value,
673c2f63
JM
4482 "\n\
4483Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4484returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4485representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4486representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4487function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4488compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4489Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4490a function returns a value.\n\
4491\n\
4492On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4493(Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4494place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4495@code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4496The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4497multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4498@code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4499location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4500the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4501that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4502port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4503@samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4504\n\
4505If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4506the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4507@var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4508\n\
4509If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4510node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4511pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4512convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4513known.\n\
4514\n\
4515Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4516which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4517the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4518different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4519\n\
4520@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4521aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4522@code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
38f8b050
JR
4523 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4524 default_function_value)
4525
d5e254e1
IE
4526/* Return the rtx for bounds of returned pointer. */
4527DEFHOOK
4528(chkp_function_value_bounds,
4529 "Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4530returns bounds for returned pointers. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4531@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE}.",
4532 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4533 default_chkp_function_value_bounds)
4534
38f8b050
JR
4535/* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4536 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4537DEFHOOK
4538(libcall_value,
673c2f63
JM
4539 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4540function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4541\n\
4542The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4543library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4544representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4545\n\
4546If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
ef4bddc2 4547 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
38f8b050
JR
4548 default_libcall_value)
4549
4550/* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4551 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4552DEFHOOK
4553(function_value_regno_p,
673c2f63
JM
4554 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4555register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4556\n\
4557A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4558second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4559recognized by this target hook.\n\
4560\n\
4561If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4562function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4563should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4564\n\
4565If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
38f8b050
JR
4566 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4567 default_function_value_regno_p)
4568
4569/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4570DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4571(internal_arg_pointer,
4572"Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4573 current function.",
4574 rtx, (void),
4575 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4576
4577/* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4578DEFHOOK
4579(update_stack_boundary,
673c2f63
JM
4580 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4581necessary.",
38f8b050
JR
4582 void, (void), NULL)
4583
4584/* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4585 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4586DEFHOOK
4587(get_drap_rtx,
673c2f63
JM
4588 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4589different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4590argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4591is needed.",
38f8b050
JR
4592 rtx, (void), NULL)
4593
4594/* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4595 stack. */
4596DEFHOOK
4597(allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
673c2f63
JM
4598 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4599arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4600stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4601debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4602@code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4603cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4604to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4605false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
38f8b050
JR
4606 bool, (void),
4607 hook_bool_void_true)
4608
c21df29b
RH
4609/* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
4610 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
38f8b050
JR
4611DEFHOOK
4612(static_chain,
673c2f63
JM
4613 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4614targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
4615nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
4616attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
4617those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
4618\n\
4619The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
4620\n\
4621If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
4622provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
4623Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
4624from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
4625will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
4626@findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
4627@findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
4628@findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
4629The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
4630@code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
4631to refer to those items.",
c21df29b 4632 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
38f8b050
JR
4633 default_static_chain)
4634
4635/* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
4636 static chain value of CHAIN. */
4637DEFHOOK
4638(trampoline_init,
673c2f63
JM
4639 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
4640@var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
4641is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
4642RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
4643when it is called.\n\
4644\n\
4645If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
4646first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
4647from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
4648Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
4649trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
4650to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
4651\n\
4652If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
4653enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
4654initializing the trampoline proper.",
38f8b050
JR
4655 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
4656 default_trampoline_init)
4657
4658/* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
4659DEFHOOK
4660(trampoline_adjust_address,
673c2f63
JM
4661 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
4662the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
4663memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
4664the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
4665address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
4666be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
4667If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
38f8b050
JR
4668 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
4669
4670/* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
4671 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
4672 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
4673/* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
893d13d5 4674DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4675(return_pops_args,
673c2f63
JM
4676 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
4677a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
4678and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
4679\n\
4680@var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
4681the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4682@code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
4683From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
4684\n\
4685@var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
4686describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4687@code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
4688From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
4689arguments (if known).\n\
4690\n\
4691When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
4692will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
4693you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
4694by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
4695a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
4696in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
4697\n\
4698@var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
4699stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
4700argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
4701\n\
4702On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
4703of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
4704calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
4705the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
4706convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
4707arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
4708nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
4709@var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
4710number of arguments.",
38f8b050
JR
4711 int, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, int size),
4712 default_return_pops_args)
4713
ffa88471
SE
4714/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
4715 returned. */
4716DEFHOOK
4717(get_raw_result_mode,
4718 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
4719 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
4720 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
ef4bddc2 4721 machine_mode, (int regno),
ffa88471
SE
4722 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4723
4724/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
4725 passed. */
4726DEFHOOK
4727(get_raw_arg_mode,
4728 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
4729 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
4730 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
ef4bddc2 4731 machine_mode, (int regno),
ffa88471
SE
4732 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4733
38f8b050
JR
4734HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
4735
bcb21886
KY
4736DEFHOOK
4737(use_pseudo_pic_reg,
4738 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
4739for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
4740 bool, (void),
4741 hook_bool_void_false)
4742
4743DEFHOOK
4744(init_pic_reg,
4745 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
4746This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
4747 void, (void),
4748 hook_void_void)
4749
38f8b050
JR
4750/* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
4751 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
4752DEFHOOK
4753(invalid_conversion,
673c2f63
JM
4754 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4755invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
4756if validity should be determined by the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4757 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
4758 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
4759
4760/* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
4761 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
4762DEFHOOK
4763(invalid_unary_op,
673c2f63
JM
4764 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4765invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
4766@code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
4767if validity should be determined by the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4768 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
4769 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
4770
4771/* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
4772 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
4773DEFHOOK
4774(invalid_binary_op,
673c2f63
JM
4775 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4776invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
4777and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
4778the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4779 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
4780 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
4781
4782/* Return the diagnostic message string if TYPE is not valid as a
4783 function parameter type, NULL otherwise. */
4784DEFHOOK
4785(invalid_parameter_type,
673c2f63
JM
4786 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4787invalid for functions to include parameters of type @var{type},\n\
4788or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
4789the front end. This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4790 const char *, (const_tree type),
4791 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
4792
4793/* Return the diagnostic message string if TYPE is not valid as a
4794 function return type, NULL otherwise. */
4795DEFHOOK
4796(invalid_return_type,
673c2f63
JM
4797 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4798invalid for functions to have return type @var{type},\n\
4799or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
4800the front end. This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4801 const char *, (const_tree type),
4802 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
4803
4804/* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
4805 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
4806 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
4807DEFHOOK
4808(promoted_type,
673c2f63
JM
4809 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
4810@var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
4811analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
4812front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
4813target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
4814This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4815 tree, (const_tree type),
4816 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
4817
4818/* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
4819 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
4820 the standard conversion rules. */
4821DEFHOOK
4822(convert_to_type,
673c2f63
JM
4823 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
4824@var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
4825or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
4826This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
4827conversion rules.\n\
4828This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4829 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
4830 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
4831
5074a1f8
VM
4832/* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
4833DEFHOOK
4834(ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
4835 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
4836 allocno class calculated by IRA.\n\
4837 \n\
4838 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
4839 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t),
4840 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
4841
55a2c322
VM
4842/* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
4843DEFHOOK
4844(lra_p,
4845 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
4846 It means that LRA was ported to the target.\
4847 \
4848 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
4849 bool, (void),
4850 default_lra_p)
4851
4852/* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
4853DEFHOOK
4854(register_priority,
4855 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
4856 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
4857 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
4858 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
4859 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
4860 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
4861 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
4862 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
4863 \
4864 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
4865 int, (int),
4866 default_register_priority)
4867
3b9ceb4b
VM
4868/* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
4869DEFHOOK
4870(register_usage_leveling_p,
4871 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
4872 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
4873 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
4874 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
4875 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
4876 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
4877 optimizations.\
4878 \
4879 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
4880 bool, (void),
4881 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
4882
55a2c322
VM
4883/* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
4884DEFHOOK
4885(different_addr_displacement_p,
4886 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
4887 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
4888 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
4889 the insn.\
4890 \
4891 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
4892 bool, (void),
4893 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
4894
4895/* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
4896 instead of memory. */
4897DEFHOOK
4898(spill_class,
4899 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
4900 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
4901 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
4902 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
ef4bddc2 4903 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
55a2c322
VM
4904 NULL)
4905
42e37616
DM
4906DEFHOOK
4907(cstore_mode,
4908 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
4909 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
4910 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
4911 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
4912 patterns.",
ef4bddc2 4913 machine_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
42e37616
DM
4914 default_cstore_mode)
4915
d9886a9e
L
4916/* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
4917 be accessed using BLKmode. */
4918DEFHOOK
4919(member_type_forces_blk,
673c2f63
JM
4920 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
4921be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
4922\n\
4923If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
4924mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
4925case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
4926retain the field's mode.\n\
4927\n\
4928Normally, this is not needed.",
ef4bddc2 4929 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
d9886a9e
L
4930 default_member_type_forces_blk)
4931
38f8b050
JR
4932/* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
4933DEFHOOK
4934(secondary_reload,
673c2f63
JM
4935 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
4936from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
4937@samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
4938from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
4939term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
4940directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
4941register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
4942destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
4943source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
4944reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
4945and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
4946intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
4947\n\
4948Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
4949allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
4950register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
4951address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
4952when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
4953as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
4954that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
4955describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
4956these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
4957of the scratch register(s).\n\
4958\n\
4959In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
4960\n\
4961For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
4962and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
4963@var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
4964hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
4965needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
4966\n\
4967If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
4968an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
4969return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
4970If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
4971If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
4972that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
4973\n\
4974If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
4975perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
4976closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
4977required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
4978copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
4979\n\
4980You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
4981in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
4982and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
4983for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
4984single-register-class\n\
4985@c [later: or memory]\n\
4986output constraint.\n\
4987\n\
4988When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
4989hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
4990register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
4991have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
4992\n\
4993@c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
4994@c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
4995@c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
4996@c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
4997@c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
4998@c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
4999@c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5000@c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5001\n\
5002\n\
5003@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5004pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5005Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5006in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5007\n\
5008Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5009currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5010to use @code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5011\n\
5012@code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5013copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5014(a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5015Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5016of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5017forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
a87cf97e 5018 reg_class_t,
ef4bddc2 5019 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
38f8b050
JR
5020 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5021 default_secondary_reload)
5022
fba42e24
AS
5023/* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5024 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5025DEFHOOK
5026(preferred_reload_class,
673c2f63
JM
5027 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5028to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5029@var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5030another, smaller class.\n\
5031\n\
5032The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5033\n\
5034Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5035example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5036for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5037@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5038Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5039\n\
5040One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5041@var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5042loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5043force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5044immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5045instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5046register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5047@var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5048into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5049@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5050of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5051\n\
5052If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5053through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5054to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5055reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5056this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5057the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
fba42e24
AS
5058 reg_class_t,
5059 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5060 default_preferred_reload_class)
5061
abd26bfb
AS
5062/* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5063 input reloads. */
5064DEFHOOK
5065(preferred_output_reload_class,
673c2f63
JM
5066 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5067input reloads.\n\
5068\n\
5069The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5070argument.\n\
5071\n\
5072You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5073reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
abd26bfb
AS
5074 reg_class_t,
5075 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5076 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5077
07b8f0a8
AS
5078DEFHOOK
5079(class_likely_spilled_p,
673c2f63
JM
5080 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5081to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5082registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5083\n\
5084The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5085has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5086default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5087i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5088can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5089\n\
5090This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5091transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5092pressure.",
07b8f0a8
AS
5093 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5094 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5095
a8c44c52
AS
5096/* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5097 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5098DEFHOOK
5099(class_max_nregs,
673c2f63
JM
5100 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5101of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5102\n\
5103This is closely related to the macro @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS}. In fact,\n\
5104the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5105@var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5106@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5107values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5108\n\
5109This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5110in the reload pass.\n\
5111\n\
5112The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5113in words.",
ef4bddc2 5114 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
a8c44c52
AS
5115 default_class_max_nregs)
5116
5f286f4a
YQ
5117DEFHOOK
5118(preferred_rename_class,
5119 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5120 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
6d3fbe2f
JR
5121 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5122 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5f286f4a
YQ
5123 is not implemented.\
5124 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5125 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5126 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5127 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5128 be reduced.",
5129 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5130 default_preferred_rename_class)
5131
d6220b11
KK
5132/* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5133 during register allocation. */
5134DEFHOOK
5135(cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5136 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5137substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5138register allocation.\n\
5139The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5140On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5141machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5142as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5143 bool, (rtx subst),
5144 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5145
14133a4d
KK
5146/* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5147 displacement addressing. */
5148DEFHOOK
5149(legitimize_address_displacement,
5150 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if *@var{disp} is\n\
5151legitimezed to valid address displacement with subtracting *@var{offset}\n\
5152at memory mode @var{mode}.\n\
5153The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5154This hook will benefit machines with limited base plus displacement\n\
5155addressing.",
5156 bool, (rtx *disp, rtx *offset, machine_mode mode),
5157 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5158
38f8b050
JR
5159/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5160 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5161DEFHOOK
5162(expand_to_rtl_hook,
673c2f63
JM
5163 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5164to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5165For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5166for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5167registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5168usage.",
38f8b050
JR
5169 void, (void),
5170 hook_void_void)
5171
5172/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5173 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5174 but will be later. */
5175DEFHOOK
5176(instantiate_decls,
673c2f63
JM
5177 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5178that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
38f8b050
JR
5179 void, (void),
5180 hook_void_void)
5181
5182/* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5183 in peephole2. */
5184DEFHOOK
5185(hard_regno_scratch_ok,
673c2f63
JM
5186 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5187@var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5188\n\
5189One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5190is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5191\n\
5192The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5193 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5194 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5195
5196/* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5197 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5198DEFHOOK
5199(case_values_threshold,
673c2f63
JM
5200 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5201is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5202The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5203five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
38f8b050
JR
5204 unsigned int, (void),
5205 default_case_values_threshold)
5206
5207/* Retutn true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
5208DEFHOOK
5209(frame_pointer_required,
673c2f63
JM
5210 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5211a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5212value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5213\n\
5214This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5215according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5216constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5217to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5218Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5219pointer.\n\
5220\n\
5221In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5222without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5223automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
5224@code{TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
5225them.\n\
5226\n\
5227In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5228register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5229fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5230\n\
5231Default return value is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5232 bool, (void),
5233 hook_bool_void_false)
5234
5235/* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5236 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5237DEFHOOK
5238(can_eliminate,
673c2f63
JM
5239 "This target hook should returns @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
5240try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
5241@var{to_reg}. This target hook need only be defined if @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS}\n\
5242is defined, and will usually be @code{true}, since most of the cases\n\
5243preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
5244knows about.\n\
5245\n\
5246Default return value is @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5247 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5248 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5249
5efd84c5
NF
5250/* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5251 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5252 target. */
5253DEFHOOK
5254(conditional_register_usage,
673c2f63
JM
5255 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5256@code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5257@code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5258any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
5259of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as Boolean vectors).\n\
5260@code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5261@code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5262called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5263@code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5264from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5265@code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5266@code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5267@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5268command options have been applied.\n\
5269\n\
5270@cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5271@cindex controlling register usage\n\
5272If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5273flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5274@code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
b48e9677
RS
5275registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5276@code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5277that shouldn't be used.\n\
673c2f63
JM
5278\n\
5279(However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5280of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5281controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5282these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5efd84c5
NF
5283 void, (void),
5284 hook_void_void)
5285
38f8b050
JR
5286/* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5287#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5288#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5289HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5290
5291/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5292DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5293(mode_for_suffix,
5294"Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5295 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
ef4bddc2 5296 machine_mode, (char c),
38f8b050
JR
5297 default_mode_for_suffix)
5298
5299HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5300
5301/* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5302#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5303#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5304HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5305
5306/* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5307DEFHOOK
5308(guard_type,
673c2f63
JM
5309 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5310These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
5311default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
38f8b050
JR
5312 tree, (void),
5313 default_cxx_guard_type)
5314
5315/* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
5316DEFHOOK
5317(guard_mask_bit,
673c2f63
JM
5318 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
5319@code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
5320@code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5321 bool, (void),
5322 hook_bool_void_false)
5323
5324/* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
5325DEFHOOK
5326(get_cookie_size,
673c2f63
JM
5327 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
5328whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
5329known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
5330@code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
5331IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
38f8b050
JR
5332 tree, (tree type),
5333 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
5334
5335/* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
5336DEFHOOK
5337(cookie_has_size,
673c2f63
JM
5338 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
5339array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5340 bool, (void),
5341 hook_bool_void_false)
5342
5343/* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
5344 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
5345DEFHOOK
5346(import_export_class,
673c2f63
JM
5347 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
5348class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
5349will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
5350to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
5351modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
5352backend's targeted operating system.",
38f8b050
JR
5353 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
5354
5355/* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
5356DEFHOOK
5357(cdtor_returns_this,
673c2f63
JM
5358 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
5359the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
5360@code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5361 bool, (void),
5362 hook_bool_void_false)
5363
5364/* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
5365 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
5366 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
5367DEFHOOK
5368(key_method_may_be_inline,
673c2f63
JM
5369 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
5370which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
5371table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
5372Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
5373the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
5374some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
5375method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5376 bool, (void),
5377 hook_bool_void_true)
5378
5379DEFHOOK
5380(determine_class_data_visibility,
5381"@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
5382 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
5383 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
5384 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
5385 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
5386 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
5387 void, (tree decl),
5388 hook_void_tree)
5389
5390/* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
5391 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
5392 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
5393 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
5394 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
5395DEFHOOK
5396(class_data_always_comdat,
673c2f63
JM
5397 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
5398similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
5399external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
5400classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
5401unit will not be COMDAT.",
38f8b050
JR
5402 bool, (void),
5403 hook_bool_void_true)
5404
5405/* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
5406 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
5407 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
5408DEFHOOK
5409(library_rtti_comdat,
673c2f63
JM
5410 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
5411the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
5412be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
38f8b050
JR
5413 bool, (void),
5414 hook_bool_void_true)
5415
5416/* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
5417 destructors. */
5418DEFHOOK
5419(use_aeabi_atexit,
673c2f63
JM
5420 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
5421should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
5422is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
38f8b050
JR
5423 bool, (void),
5424 hook_bool_void_false)
5425
5426/* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
5427 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
5428DEFHOOK
5429(use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
673c2f63
JM
5430 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
5431in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
5432destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
5433shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
5434unloaded. The default is to return false.",
38f8b050
JR
5435 bool, (void),
5436 hook_bool_void_false)
5437
5438DEFHOOK
5439(adjust_class_at_definition,
5440"@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
5441 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
5442 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
5443 void, (tree type),
5444 hook_void_tree)
5445
5b880ea6
RO
5446DEFHOOK
5447(decl_mangling_context,
5448 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
5449 tree, (const_tree decl),
5450 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5451
38f8b050
JR
5452HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
5453
5454/* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
5455#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5456#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
5457HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
5458
5459/* Name of the address and common functions. */
5460DEFHOOKPOD
5461(get_address,
673c2f63
JM
5462 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
5463object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
5464emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5465 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
5466
5467DEFHOOKPOD
5468(register_common,
673c2f63
JM
5469 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
5470program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
5471initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
5472have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
5473registration function to be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5474 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
5475
5476/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5477DEFHOOKPOD
5478(var_section,
673c2f63
JM
5479 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
5480be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
5481any section.",
38f8b050
JR
5482 const char *, NULL)
5483
5484DEFHOOKPOD
5485(tmpl_section,
673c2f63
JM
5486 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
5487placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
5488section.",
38f8b050
JR
5489 const char *, NULL)
5490
5491/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5492DEFHOOKPOD
5493(var_prefix,
673c2f63
JM
5494 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
5495The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
38f8b050
JR
5496 const char *, NULL)
5497
5498DEFHOOKPOD
5499(tmpl_prefix,
673c2f63
JM
5500 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
5501default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
38f8b050
JR
5502 const char *, NULL)
5503
5504/* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
5505DEFHOOK
5506(var_fields,
673c2f63
JM
5507 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
5508object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
5509@var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
5510@code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
5511for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
38f8b050
JR
5512 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
5513 default_emutls_var_fields)
5514
5515/* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
5516DEFHOOK
5517(var_init,
673c2f63
JM
5518 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
5519TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
5520is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
5521initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
38f8b050
JR
5522 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
5523 default_emutls_var_init)
5524
5525/* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
5526 proxy variable. */
5527DEFHOOKPOD
5528(var_align_fixed,
673c2f63
JM
5529 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
5530fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
5531single objects. The default is false.",
38f8b050
JR
5532 bool, false)
5533
5534/* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
5535DEFHOOKPOD
5536(debug_form_tls_address,
673c2f63
JM
5537 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
5538may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
38f8b050
JR
5539 bool, false)
5540
5541HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
5542
5543#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5544#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
5545HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
5546
7aa7f2e3
SL
5547/* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
5548 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
5549 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
38f8b050
JR
5550DEFHOOK
5551(valid_attribute_p,
673c2f63
JM
5552 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
5553allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
5554These function-specific options may differ\n\
5555from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
5556@code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
5557\n\
5558The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
5559the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
5560@code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
38f8b050
JR
5561 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
5562 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
5563
5564/* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
5565DEFHOOK
5566(save,
673c2f63
JM
5567 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
5568in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
bf7b5747 5569options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
673c2f63 5570@xref{Option file format}.",
bf7b5747 5571 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
5572
5573/* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
5574 structure. */
5575DEFHOOK
5576(restore,
673c2f63
JM
5577 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
5578information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
bf7b5747
ST
5579function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
5580 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
38f8b050 5581
59913123
JJ
5582/* Function to update target-specific option information after being
5583 streamed in. */
5584DEFHOOK
5585(post_stream_in,
5586 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
5587@code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
5588LTO bytecode.",
5589 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5590
38f8b050
JR
5591/* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
5592 structure. */
5593DEFHOOK
5594(print,
673c2f63
JM
5595 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
5596information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
5597function-specific options.",
38f8b050
JR
5598 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5599
7aa7f2e3 5600/* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
38f8b050
JR
5601 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
5602 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
5603 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
56cb42ea 5604DEFHOOK
38f8b050 5605(pragma_parse,
673c2f63
JM
5606 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
5607sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
5608input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
5609@code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
38f8b050
JR
5610 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
5611 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
5612
5613/* Do option overrides for the target. */
5614DEFHOOK
5615(override,
673c2f63
JM
5616 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
5617a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
5618@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
5619once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
5620\n\
5621Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
5622@option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
5623\n\
5624If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
5625changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
5626@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
38f8b050 5627 void, (void),
c5387660 5628 hook_void_void)
38f8b050 5629
3649b9b7
ST
5630/* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
5631 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
5632 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
5633 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
5634DEFHOOK
5635(function_versions,
673c2f63
JM
5636 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
5637versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
5638versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
5639different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
5640different target machines.",
3649b9b7
ST
5641 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
5642 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
5643
38f8b050
JR
5644/* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
5645#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5646#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
5647DEFHOOK
5648(can_inline_p,
673c2f63
JM
5649 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
5650cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
5651default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
5652specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
38f8b050
JR
5653 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
5654 default_target_can_inline_p)
5655
63b0cb04
CB
5656DEFHOOK
5657(relayout_function,
5658"This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
5659 void, (tree fndecl),
5660 hook_void_tree)
5661
38f8b050
JR
5662HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
5663
5664/* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
5665 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
5666 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
5667DEFHOOK
5668(extra_live_on_entry,
673c2f63
JM
5669 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
5670function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
5671cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
5672registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
5673TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
5674FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
38f8b050
JR
5675 void, (bitmap regs),
5676 hook_void_bitmap)
5677
aaeaa9a9 5678/* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
73b3e61b
TV
5679 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
5680 definition. */
aaeaa9a9
RO
5681DEFHOOKPOD
5682(call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
73b3e61b
TV
5683 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
5684clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
5685That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
5686linker (e.g. stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
5687modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
5688in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
5689The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
1e288103 5690is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
aaeaa9a9
RO
5691 bool,
5692 false)
5693
ee3d2ecd
JJ
5694/* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
5695DEFHOOK
5696(set_up_by_prologue,
5697 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
5698 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
5699 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
5700 NULL)
5701
d45eae79
SL
5702/* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
5703 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
5704 function attribute. */
5705DEFHOOK
5706(warn_func_return,
5707 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
5708 bool, (tree),
5709 hook_bool_tree_true)
5710
f0a0390e
RH
5711/* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
5712DEFHOOK
5713(debug_unwind_info,
673c2f63
JM
5714 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
5715unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
5716@code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
5717return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
5718\n\
5719A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
5720is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
5721\n\
5722A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
5723This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
f0a0390e
RH
5724 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
5725 default_debug_unwind_info)
5726
c354951b
AK
5727/* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
5728 defined at this time. */
5729DEFHOOK
5730(canonicalize_comparison,
673c2f63
JM
5731 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
5732convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
5733does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
5734comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
5735\n\
5736On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
5737@var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
5738are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
5739@var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
5740allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
5741in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
5742allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
5743\n\
5744GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
5745valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
5746@file{md} file.\n\
5747\n\
5748You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
5749comparison code or operands.",
c354951b
AK
5750 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
5751 default_canonicalize_comparison)
5752
57c5ab1b
RH
5753DEFHOOKPOD
5754(atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
5755 "This value should be set if the result written by\
5756 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\
5757 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
5758 unsigned char, 1)
267bac10 5759
fceec4d3
AM
5760/* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
5761 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
5762 as needed. */
5763DEFHOOK
5764(atomic_align_for_mode,
5765"If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
5766 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
5767 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
ef4bddc2 5768 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
fceec4d3
AM
5769 hook_uint_mode_0)
5770
267bac10
JM
5771DEFHOOK
5772(atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
5773"ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
5774 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
5775 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
5776 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
5777 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
5778 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
5779 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
5780 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
5781 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
5782 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
5783 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
5784 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
5785 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
5786 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
5787 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
5788 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
5789 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
5790
38f8b050
JR
5791/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
5792
38f8b050
JR
5793/* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
5794 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
5795DEFHOOKPOD
5796(have_switchable_bss_sections,
673c2f63
JM
5797 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
5798section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
5799This is true on most ELF targets.",
38f8b050
JR
5800 bool, false)
5801
5802/* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
5803 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
5804DEFHOOKPOD
5805(have_ctors_dtors,
673c2f63
JM
5806 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
5807collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
5808It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
38f8b050
JR
5809 bool, false)
5810
5811/* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
5812DEFHOOKPOD
5813(have_tls,
673c2f63
JM
5814 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
5815The default value is false.",
38f8b050
JR
5816 bool, false)
5817
5818/* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
5819DEFHOOKPOD
5820(have_srodata_section,
673c2f63
JM
5821 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
5822``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
38f8b050
JR
5823 bool, false)
5824
5825/* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
5826DEFHOOKPOD
5827(terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
673c2f63
JM
5828 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
5829end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
5830Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
5831true otherwise.",
38f8b050
JR
5832 bool, true)
5833
5834/* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
5835DEFHOOKPOD
5836(asm_file_start_app_off,
673c2f63
JM
5837 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
5838printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
5839@option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
5840to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
5841definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
5842assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
5843whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
5844\n\
5845The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
5846verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
5847comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
38f8b050
JR
5848 bool, false)
5849
5850/* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
5851 at the beginning of assembly output. */
5852DEFHOOKPOD
5853(asm_file_start_file_directive,
673c2f63
JM
5854 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
5855for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
5856@code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
5857this to be done. The default is false.",
38f8b050 5858 bool, false)
38f8b050
JR
5859
5860/* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
5861 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
5862DEFHOOKPOD
5863(arm_eabi_unwinder,
673c2f63
JM
5864 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
5865based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
5866the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
5867running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5868 bool, false)
5869
9730bc27
TT
5870DEFHOOKPOD
5871(want_debug_pub_sections,
5872 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
5873 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
5874 in particular GDB does not use them.",
5875 bool, false)
5876
638c962f
JH
5877DEFHOOKPOD
5878(force_at_comp_dir,
5879 "True if the @code{DW_AT_comp_dir} attribute should be emitted for each \
5880 compilation unit. This attribute is required for the darwin linker \
5881 to emit debug information.",
5882 bool, false)
5883
2ba42841 5884DEFHOOKPOD
a50fa76a 5885(delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
2ba42841
AO
5886This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
5887bool, false)
5888
5889DEFHOOKPOD
a50fa76a 5890(delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
2ba42841
AO
5891This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
5892bool, false)
5893
a50fa76a
BS
5894DEFHOOKPOD
5895(no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
5896following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
5897targets.",
5898bool, false)
5899
38f8b050
JR
5900/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
5901
06b90602
CB
5902/* Functions related to mode switching. */
5903#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5904#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
5905HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
5906
5907DEFHOOK
5908(emit,
cbb1e3d9
CB
5909 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
5910 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
06b90602
CB
5911
5912DEFHOOK
5913(needed,
cbb1e3d9 5914 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
ac44248e 5915 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
06b90602
CB
5916
5917DEFHOOK
5918(after,
5919 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
ac44248e 5920 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
06b90602
CB
5921
5922DEFHOOK
5923(entry,
5924 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
5925 int, (int entity), NULL)
5926
5927DEFHOOK
5928(exit,
5929 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
5930 int, (int entity), NULL)
5931
5932DEFHOOK
5933(priority,
5934 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
5935 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
5936
5937HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
5938
4bccb39e
RS
5939#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5940#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
5941
5942#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
5943 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
5944#include "target-insns.def"
5945#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
5946
5947#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
5948 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
5949#include "target-insns.def"
5950#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
5951
8684d89d
RS
5952#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
5953 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
5954#include "target-insns.def"
5955#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
5956
38f8b050
JR
5957/* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
5958HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
06b90602 5959